Quarterlytics / Industrials / FW Thorpe Plc / FY2021 Annual Report

FW Thorpe Plc
Annual Report 2021

TFW · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker TFW
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · FW Thorpe Plc
Loading PDF…
Annual Report  
and Accounts
2021

F
W
T
h
o
r
p
e
P
l
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
s
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
2
1

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   5
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   5

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:47:58
06/10/2021   11:47:58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Welcome to the  
2021 Annual Report

WHO WE ARE
We specialise in designing and 
manufacturing professional 
lighting systems. 

We currently employ over 700 
people and although each company 
works autonomously, our skills and 
markets are complementary.

INVESTMENT CASE

01

A well-positioned 
portfolio of companies 
across seven different 
countries

02

Innovative products 
with market-leading 
technology

03

Strong profit margins 
and robust balance  
sheet

Read more on 
pages 28 to 37

Read more on 
pages 20 to 24

Read more on 
pages 80 to 85

OUR PURPOSE
Provide technically advanced 
lighting solutions that deliver  
long-term lowest cost of 
ownership.

OUR VALUES

OUR VISION
Maintain a consistently respected 
and profitable organisation with 
an environmental conscience.

Integrity

Honesty

Longevity

Visit us online at: 
www.fwthorpe.co.uk

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   3
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   3

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:48:02
06/10/2021   11:48:02

Highlights  

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Revenue (£m)

+4.0%

Operating Profit (£m)

+17.7%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

117.9

113.3

110.6

109.6

105.4

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

19.2*

16.3

17.6**

19.5

18.4

* 

 2021 excludes the exceptional item in respect of 
Lightronics fire £1.6m

**  2019 excludes the profit on disposal of property of £1.9m

Basic Earnings Per Share 
(Pence)

Diluted Earnings Per Share 
(Pence)

+18.5%

+18.6%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

13.57

11.45

13.91

13.91

12.54

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

13.52

11.40

13.83

13.81

12.47

Dividend Per Share 
(Pence)

+2.5%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

5.80*

5.66

5.53

5.40

4.90

*  2021 dividend excludes the special dividend

Read more about our financial 
performance on pages 40 to 41

OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS

•  Revenue continued to move 
forward, supported by large 
scale orders and Services
•  Operating profit recovered 
strongly from prior year, no 
impact from fire at Lightronics

•  Results suppressed by some 
smaller companies, overseas 
sales offices

•  Operating cash generated 
remained robust at £21.9m

CONTENTS
Business Overview
Highlights
FW Thorpe at a Glance
Strategic Report
Chairman’s Statement
Marketplace
Business Model
Strategy
Strategy in Action: 

01
04

10
14
18
20

Lightronics Fire: ‘From the Ashes’ 22

Case Study: 

Worcester’s Big Parade for St 
Richard’s Hospice, Worcester

Key Performance Indicators
Strategy in Action: 

 IBRB, University of Warwick

Strategy in Action: 

 United Lincolnshire Hospital 
NHS Trust

Operational Performance
Strategy in Action:

23
24

25

26
28

 Product innovation: Flexbeam 38
39
COVID-19 update
Financial Performance
40
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 42
46
s172 statement
Sustainability
48
Case Study: 

54

58
60

66
67

 SmartScan Radar
Our Governance
Board of Directors 
Directors’ Report
Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Independent Auditors’ Report  
to the Members of FW Thorpe Plc 71
Our Financials
Consolidated Income Statement 80
Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income
Consolidated and Company  
Statements of Financial Position 82
Consolidated Statement of  
Changes in Equity
Company Statement of  
Changes in Equity
Consolidated and Company  
Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to the Financial 
Statements
Notice of Meeting
Financial Calendar

86
130
132

84

83

85

81

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   1
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   1

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

01

06/10/2021   11:48:04
06/10/2021   11:48:04

Business OverviewStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukResilience for the Future

01
Our improved financial 
performance ... 

•  We have had a improved financial 

•  We have had a strong order 

performance, mainly attributed 
to our largest division, Thorlux 
Lighting with support from the 
Netherlands companies. 
•  Our Netherlands companies – 

there has been a strong recovery 
following the fire at Lightronics back 
in September 2020.

Read more about our operating 
performance on pages 28 to 37

performance over this year 
despite challenging economic 
conditions, with revenue of £117.9m 
and operating profit of £19.2m. 
In addition, we had net cash 
generated from operating activities 
of £21.9m. 

•  We have a strong balance sheet 

and profit margins with sufficient 
reserves. 
Read more about our financial 
performance on pages 40 to 41

02
along with a focus on  
sustainability ... 

•  Environmental issues are also a 

•  We have family principles and a 

significant focus for us: We carry the 
LSE Green Mark; we continue to plant 
trees (149,849 trees planted to date); 
we invest in installing solar panels at 
our UK factories; and we monitor CO2 
emissions.

•  Energy saving products are a 

substantial part of the business, as 
well as our carbon offset, we continue 
to invest in solar to reduce our 
emissions.

Read more about our environmental 
initiatives on pages 48 to 53

supportive culture. Our employees 
are fundamental to our success; we 
provide them with development 
and training, and we have a well-
being policy. We also have an 
apprentice scheme, and we invest in 
management training. 

•  We support local communities by 
giving to charities - this year, we  
gave £23,000.

02
02

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   2
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   2

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:48:06
06/10/2021   11:48:06

Our improved financial 

performance ... 

along with a focus on  

sustainability ... 

03
and strong product  
innovation …

•  Product design and development 
is fundamental to our operations.  
We maintain a competitive 
advantage with market-leading 
products, utilising technology to 
attract new customers and retain 
them. 

•  We engage in continuous 

product development – products, 
software/controls, and lighting 

• 

design. We have also focused on 
the further development of our 
SmartScan wireless system.
In addition, our diversified 
product portfolio gives us the 
ability to supply a complete 
project – from “boiler room to 
boardroom, and beyond”.

•  Our Group spend on capitalised 

R&D this year was £1.5m.

Read more about our products on 
pages 6 to 7

Read more about our operating 
performance on pages 28 to 37

04
… means that we have 
resilience for the future. 
This results in long-term value for 
us and for our stakeholders.

•  A well-positioned portfolio of companies 

across seven different countries, along with 
serving many market sectors with a variety 
of products, means that we have resilience 
in the current economic climate and for the 
future. 

Read more about our investment 
case on pages 20 to 21

Stock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.uk

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   3
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   3

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

03

06/10/2021   11:48:06
06/10/2021   11:48:06

Business OverviewStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur Financials  
FW Thorpe at a Glance

THE COMPLETE SERVICE 
OFFERING WE PROVIDE...

OUR STRATEGIC PILLARS...

Design & 
Development

£1.5m

(2020: £1.3m)

Manufacturing

£0.3m

Investment in solar at 
Group facilities 

Services

£4.4m 

Revenue from this service
(2020: £3.0m)

Read more about our service 
offering on pages 18 to 19

FOCUS ON HIGH QUALITY 
PRODUCTS AND GOOD  
LEADERSHIP IN TECHNOLOGY

CONTINUE TO GROW THE 
CUSTOMER BASE FOR GROUP 
COMPANIES

FOCUS ON 
MANUFACTURING  
EXCELLENCE

CONTINUE TO 
DEVELOP HIGH  
QUALITY PEOPLE

Read about our strategic pillars on pages 20 to 21

FW THORPE TIMELINE

1936

1940-1960

1965

1989

1990-1996

2005

2009-2011

2013

Floated 
on the London  
Stock Exchange

Moved to 
our Redditch 
headquarters

Established by 
Frederick William 
Thorpe and 
his son Ernest 
Thorpe. Spinning 
circular reflectors

Moved to larger 
premises twice 
to cope with the 
expansion into 
linear fluorescent 
luminaires, 
and to enter 
the exterior 
and hazardous 
markets

Transferred  
to AIM

First acquisition  
– Mackwell  
Electronics

Start-up in retail 
and display 
lighting

Acquired  
Philip Payne 
emergency  
exit signs

Start-up 
company TRT 
Lighting 

Entered the 
street 
lighting market

Acquired 
Solite Europe 
Lighting for 
clean rooms

Acquisition 
of Portland 
Lighting 

Mackwell 
Electronics 
disposal

04

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   4
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   4

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:48:10
06/10/2021   11:48:10

OUR GLOBAL FOOTPRINT

01

03

07

02

04

05

Revenue by region (£m)

2.1

12.5

28.9

2021

2.7

12.2

06

28.7

2020

74.4

69.7

01

02

03

UNITED KINGDOM
Thorlux Lighting,  
Philip Payne,  
Solite Europe,  
Portland Lighting,  
TRT Lighting

NETHERLANDS
Lightronics, Famostar

IRELAND
Thorlux Lighting

04

05

06

07

GERMANY
Thorlux Lighting

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
Thorlux Lighting

AUSTRALIA
Thorlux Lighting Australasia

SPAIN
Luxintec

    UK 
    Netherlands 
    Rest of Europe 
    Rest of the World

Read about our marketplace on 
pages 14 to 17

Read about our performance 
on page 28

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Creation of an 
in-house LED 
printed circuit 
board production 
line 

Ability to 
place 400,000 
components 
per day

Acquisition 
of Lightronics 
– Netherlands

Develop 
European market 

Sugg Lighting 
disposal 

Minority 
investment  
in Luxintec 
– Spain 

Target Spanish 
market and 
acquire lens 
specialism

Acquired 
remaining share 
capital in Thorlux 
Australasia

Target Australian 
market, improve 
performance

Acquired 
Famostar – 
Netherlands

Improved 
emergency 
lighting product 
offering

Compact 
Lighting business 
successfully 
merged with 
Thorlux Lighting

Portsmouth 
facility sold 

All operating 
businesses 
housed in Group-
owned property

Maintained 
operations 
during COVID-19 
pandemic 

Lightronics 
recovers from 
factory fire with 
improved results

Sustainability 
focus

Stock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.uk

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   5
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   5

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

05

06/10/2021   11:48:15
06/10/2021   11:48:15

Business OverviewStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsFW Thorpe at a Glance continued

KEY PRODUCTS
Emergency  
• 
exit signage
Emergency  
lighting systems

• 

MARKET SECTORS
•  Commercial
•  Hospitality
•  Healthcare

DESCRIPTION
Philip Payne recognises that 
most trade emergency exit 
signage products are generally 
designed with the functional 
in mind.

Philip Payne offers a backbone 
range of quality standard 
products but more importantly 
encourages direct dialogue 
with architects and designers 
to ensure, via product variation 
or bespoke work, aesthetic 
aspirations and requirements 
are fully met.

DESCRIPTION
The Thorlux range of 
luminaires is designed, 
manufactured and distributed 
by Thorlux Lighting, a division 
of FW Thorpe Plc.

Thorlux luminaires have been 
manufactured continuously 
since 1936, the year Frederick 
William Thorpe founded the 
company.

The company now operates 
from the Group’s modern 
16,882m2 self-contained factory 
in Redditch, Worcestershire, 
central England.

Thorlux is well known 
throughout the world and 
provides a comprehensive 
range of professional lighting 
and control systems for a wide 
variety of applications.

KEY PRODUCTS
Recessed, surface 
• 
and suspended 
luminaires
Emergency  
lighting systems

• 

•  Hazardous  
area lighting
•  High and low  
bay luminaires
Lighting controls
Exterior lighting

• 
• 

MARKET SECTORS
•  Commercial
Industrial
• 
Education
• 
•  Healthcare
•  Manufacturing
Retail, Display  
• 
and Hospitality

Read more on pages 30 to 31

Read more on page 32

DESCRIPTION
Solite Europe is a leading 
manufacturer and supplier of 
clean room lighting equipment 
and luminaires within the UK 
and Europe.

Solite provides luminaires for 
laboratories, pharmaceutical 
and semi-conductor 
manufacturing areas including 
hospitals, kitchens and food 
preparation applications.

KEY PRODUCTS
•  Clean room 
luminaires

MARKET SECTORS
• 
Pharmaceutical
•  Healthcare
• 

Education/Research 
and Development

KEY PRODUCTS
Lighting for signs
• 

MARKET SECTORS
• 
Retail
•  Hospitality 
•  Advertising

DESCRIPTION
Portland Lighting designs, 
manufactures and supplies 
innovative lighting products to 
the advertising, brewery, retail 
and sign lighting industries.

The company operates from 
a modern 1,394m2 facility in 
Walsall, which was purposely 
designed to enable the fast 
turnaround of customer orders.

Established in 1994, the 
product range has continually 
evolved to ensure that Portland 
remains one of the leading 
companies in its sector.

Read more on page 33

Read more on page 34

06

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   6
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   6

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:48:26
06/10/2021   11:48:26

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021KEY PRODUCTS
Road and  
• 
tunnel lighting
•  Amenity lighting

MARKET SECTORS
• 
• 

Infrastructure
Facilities –  
car parking

DESCRIPTION
TRT (Thorlux Road and Tunnel) 
Lighting is an independent 
specialist company which has 
evolved from Thorlux Lighting.

Building on years of lighting 
experience, TRT is dedicated to 
the design, manufacture and 
supply of LED road and tunnel 
luminaires.

TRT produces quality, efficient, 
stylish, high performance 
LED products that are 
manufactured in the UK.

KEY PRODUCTS
• 
Road lighting
•  Amenity lighting
•  Outdoor wall and 
ceiling luminaires
Lighting controls

• 

MARKET SECTORS
• 
• 

Infrastructure
Facilities –  
car parking

•  Housing

DESCRIPTION
Based in Waalwijk, Netherlands, 
Lightronics specialises in the 
development, manufacture 
and supply of external and 
impact resistant lighting, 
which includes street lighting, 
outdoor wall and ceiling 
luminaires as well as control 
systems. The majority of its 
revenue is derived from the 
Netherlands but there is also 
an export presence in other 
European locations.

Lightronics was originally 
established in 1946 and has 
a strong tradition of solid, 
reliable products as well as 
being known for its innovation. 
Products are environmentally 
friendly in terms of energy use 
as well as in the prevention of 
light pollution.

Read more on page 35

Read more on page 36

DESCRIPTION
Based in Velp, Netherlands, 
Famostar specialises in the 
development, manufacture and 
supply of emergency lighting 
products. Revenue is derived 
from the Netherlands, where it is 
considered one of the foremost 
brands in the market.

Famostar was originally 
established in 1947, with each 
product being designed and 
manufactured at its own 
production facility. Famostar has 
a reputation for designing and 
manufacturing reliable luminaires 
offering solutions for sectors 
including commercial, industrial, 
education and retail applications.

Read more on page 37

Emergency lighting 
knowledge and expertise 
is key to the success of the 
business. Famostar offers 
both the correct technical 
solution and unique 
proposals to complement 
the needs of the customer. 

KEY PRODUCTS
Emergency  
• 
exit signage
Emergency  
lighting systems

• 

MARKET SECTORS
•  Commercial
Industrial
• 
• 
Education
Retail and Hospitality
• 

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   7
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   7

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

07

06/10/2021   11:48:36
06/10/2021   11:48:36

Business OverviewStrategic ReportOur GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukCONTENTS

23
24

10
14
18
20

Chairman’s Statement
Marketplace
Business Model
Strategy
Strategy in Action:  
 Lightronics Fire: ‘From the Ashes’ 22
Case Study:   
Worcester’s Big Parade for St 
Richard’s Hospice, Worcester
Key Performance Indicators
Strategy in Action:  
IBRB, University of Warwick
Strategy in Action: 
United Lincolnshire Hospitals  
NHS Trust
Operational Performance
Strategy in Action: 
Product innovation: Flexbeam
Strategy in Action:  
COVID-19 update
Financial Performance
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
s172 statement
Sustainability
Case Study: 
SmartScan Radar

39
40
42
46
48

26
28

38

25

54
54

08

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   8
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   8

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:48:38
06/10/2021   11:48:38

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Strategic  
Report

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   9
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   9

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

Warwick University

09

06/10/2021   11:48:39
06/10/2021   11:48:39

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewChairman’s Statement  
Mike Allcock

“

Whilst I am pleased 
with the improved 
performance under such 
circumstances, there is 
an element of wondering 
what could have been, for 
a second year running. In 
the coming months there 
are significant challenges 
to deal with, especially 
related to component 
shortages affecting 
everyone in the Group.”

Mike Allcock 
Chairman and Joint Chief Executive

After a year of very difficult 
trading conditions for many 
companies, I would like to start by 
thanking the management and 
workforce across FW Thorpe Plc for 
their total commitment to Group 
operations in the last 12 months. 
Without their dedication, I would 
not be able to report the improved 
operating results below. 

Whilst I am pleased with the improved 
performance under such circumstances, 
there is an element of wondering what 
could have been, for a second year 
running, had the Group not encountered, 
and continued to encounter, difficulties 
associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, 
the ongoing fallout from Brexit in the UK, 
and worldwide supply shortages.

On a positive note, within the Group we 
have once again started the new financial 
year with a very strong order book, 
exceeding our expectations in most 
companies, especially Thorlux Lighting, 
and we look forward to more normal 
trading conditions returning soon. 

The Annual Report and Accounts 
contains a more detailed overview of the 
COVID situation and how it is being dealt 
with across the Group, together with a 
closer appraisal of the performance of 
each Group company.

GROUP RESULTS
Year-end revenue grew again in the year, 
despite various operational difficulties, 
culminating in an overall increase of 
4.0%, at £118m. A high proportion of the 
growth is attributed to Thorlux Lighting, 
but there were notable performances 
too from TRT Lighting, exceeding £10m 
revenue for the first time, and Solite 
and Portland Lighting, recovering well 
from reduced levels last year, and truly 
solid performances from the Dutch 
contingent, especially Lightronics, having 
to cope with the near-total destruction 

Morgan Cars

of its manufacturing facility early in 
autumn 2020. More on this later. 

Philip Payne’s market, of high-end 
hospitality venues and central London 
offices, was adversely affected the 
most in the Group by the pandemic, 
with no traditional large scale orders 
materialising. A solid year of battening 
down the hatches and controlling costs 
resulted in a subdued but profitable year 
overall.

Final Group operating profit (before 
exceptional item) for the year ended up 
17.7% at £19m – another creditable result, 
all things considered. 

The Group’s continued robust balance 
sheet and strong cashflow performance 
allows the Board to recommend a final 
dividend of 4.31p per share (2020: 4.20p) 
for the year to 30 June 2021, which gives 
a total of 5.80p (2020: 5.66p) and an 
increase of 2.5%. It has been a number 
of years since the Group paid a special 
dividend, so I am pleased to recommend 
a special dividend of 2.20p per share 
(2020: nil).

10

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   10
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   10

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:48:46
06/10/2021   11:48:46

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021however, there is nothing like a face to 
face meeting, and it is only recently that 
these have restarted on a gradual basis. 
This has, for example, made it harder for 
general new starters in the sales team, 
and specifically for a new venture for 
Philip Payne attempting to increase, 
with new recruits, its sales efforts into 
end users. 

In coming months there are significant 
challenges to deal with, especially related 
to component shortages affecting 
everyone in the Group. All companies are 
dealing with severe shortages and rising 
costs for many of the basic components 
necessary for making Group luminaires, 
such as steel, plastics, cardboard, 
electronic components and microchips. 
Although the Group has a strong cash 
position and can afford to stock up, the 
reality is that this has not been possible 

and stocks have reduced. Not receiving 
reliable delivery dates from suppliers, 
even for goods planned months in 
advance, is making day to day operations 
tense and frustrating. Individual 
companies’ service levels have declined 
– particularly at Thorlux Lighting, which 
is now quoting significantly longer lead 
times than are normal or desirable. 

To add to these difficulties, Brexit has 
resulted in a number of workers from 
Group factories returning home to 
mainland Europe. There is a reduced 
pool of labour in the UK to replace 
them, which is not helpful during a 
period in which the Group is recruiting 
heavily to support its requirement to 
ramp up production output. Various 
improvement plans are in place, but there 
may be some disruption in output and 
service levels until later in the autumn. 

GENERAL OVERVIEW
All businesses have targeted further 
growth this year, and early signs are 
positive, with order intake overall for the 
Group at record levels. The Group has 
found it particularly hard to forecast the 
ongoing stability of orders, given the 
uncertainty of the general economic 
situation. Orders have certainly held up 
better than expected; within the Group, 
we believe that during uncertainty 
customers have been less inclined to 
take chances with lesser known brands 
and have stuck with tried and tested 
and more local manufacturers. Certain 
export markets have improved, such 
as Germany and Norway, but generally 
export projects have been harder to 
win, reinforcing the point made above. 
Nevertheless, Group companies’ overall 
resilience to various adverse trading 
conditions has again been proven 
throughout the financial year.

The Group’s use of technology has 
been good, rolling out new up to 
date systems such as Office 365 just 
before the pandemic. For sales people, 

COLIN MICHAEL BRANGWIN

22 November 1937 –  
7 June 2021

The only son of Kenneth and 
Marjorie Brangwin, Colin grew up 
in Sutton Coldfield. Educated at 
Oundle School, where he excelled at 
maths and physics, he later went on 
to graduate in electrical engineering 
at university. 

Following his father into the 
business, Colin joined FW Thorpe 
in 1963, becoming a Director in 
1969 before being appointed 
Managing Director and then 
Chairman of the Group in 1995. 
Colin was instrumental in some of 
the senior appointments still within 
the Group today, and as a well-
respected electrical engineer he 

mentored many of those employees 
during their earlier careers with the 
company. 

Colin married Rosemary Timings 
in October 1963 at Holy Trinity in 
Sutton Coldfield and they went on 
to have three children Stephanie, 
Joanna and Nicholas. New Quay, 
Wales, was the focus of a large part 
of family life for the Brangwins. 
Colin was a proficient sailor and rose 
through the ranks of the yacht club 
to become commodore in 1992. 
Once the children had left home, 
sailing cruises formed many holidays 
for Colin and his wife Rosemary, 
visiting places such as South 
America and Egypt. Colin stayed 
deeply involved with the yacht club 
throughout his life, either racing his 
boat Sarissa or helping behind the 
scenes.

Colin retired from FW Thorpe in 
2016. In his later life, Colin took 
great pleasure in supporting and 
photographing his grandchildren at 
dancing shows, athletics, football, 
school shows and much more.

Colin is survived by his wife 
Rosemary, two daughters, Stephanie 
and Joanna, son Nicholas and seven 
grandchildren.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   11
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   11

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

11

06/10/2021   11:48:52
06/10/2021   11:48:52

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewChairman’s Statement continued

Brexit also created operational difficulties 
in the early part of the calendar year, 
with finished goods for delivery to the 
EU extensively stuck in ports for long 
periods, and inbound component 
supplies hampered in a similar way. 
Some customers in Germany have 
actively moved away from the Group as 
a result, although within the Group we 
have managed to successfully route some 
orders through Lightronics to mitigate 
some of the trading impacts.

I am pleased to report that the Group 
has successfully completed the earn-
out period with the investors and 
management team in the Netherlands. 
I am also delighted to report that the 
Group has successfully secured the 
ongoing services of the management 
team. I take this opportunity to thank 
all the Group’s Dutch colleagues for 
their excellent work in recent years – 
a successful example of just what can 
be achieved, working collaboratively, 
that the Group aspires to with all its 
companies and future investments.

As mentioned in my interim statement, 
Lightronics suffered a devastating 
fire in September 2020. It is of credit 
to the local management that, on 
the morning following the fire, new 
temporary premises were secured and 
a recovery plan codenamed Project 
Restart commenced. Production output 
soon recovered and overall, incredibly, 
Lightronics managed to achieve similar 
performance to that of the prior year, 
even improving margins slightly through 
material cost reductions. Plans for the 
new building, which will have around 
75% more manufacturing space than the 
previous unit, have received planning 
consent, and construction will commence 
shortly. Insurance claims have been 
recovered, as expected. Famostar, too, 
is actively developing its site for future 
expansion, with a greater warehouse area 
planned and plans generally for a larger 
operation in the future.

Indeed, all companies have developed 
individual plans for growth. For example, 
Portland Lighting, whose customer base 
has been in steady decline for the last few 

12

years, has developed new products into 
two completely new market sectors to 
strengthen its own resilience to market 
movements in a similar way to the Group 
as whole. 

On the sustainability front, within 
the Group we continue to develop 
and implement strategies to improve 
our credentials even further – an 
activity first started in earnest with an 
improvement programme back in 2010. 
A few months ago, I visited the Group’s 
tree planting scheme in Devauden, 
Monmouthshire, some 10 years on from 
when I ceremonially planted the first 
tree there with the government minister 
for the environment and sustainable 
development. Currently 149,849 saplings 
have been planted, with many well on 
their way to reaching maturity, with the 
scheme winning independent awards in 
the process. Fewer trees will be planted 
in future, as the Group will have less 
grid supplied energy to offset, having 
completed a project during the year 
to fit solar PV panels to most Group 
company factory roofs, with a target of 
self-generating around 40 to 50% of the 
Group’s energy. Many Group directors, 
me included, have switched to fully 
electric vehicles; of course, during the 
daytime, whilst we are sitting at our desks 
working, our cars are charging, pollution 
free, in front of the building. Apart from 
the obvious green benefits, the Group’s 
solar investments are expected to pay 

back in as little as five years, so it is good 
news for lowering our cost base too.

All Group companies, on the product 
front, are taking circularity seriously, 
further minimising the use of plastics and 
environmentally damaging materials, 
targeting even longer lifetimes, and 
making products simpler to upgrade or 
recycle at the end of their lifetime. More 
and more of the Group’s customers 
demand solutions that are kind to the 
environment – good news for local 
manufacturing wherever possible.

The Group is undergoing a three year 
improvement programme, using 
an external third party assessor, 
to better measure and improve its 
green credentials and certify them to 
appropriate standards in an independent 
and reliable way. The Board feels this 
is important, because the credibility of 
some claims in the market is generally 
questionable.

Throughout the pandemic, FW Thorpe 
has continued its policy of independence 
and has not claimed government 
assistance such as furlough monies at 
any stage. Even during periods of layoff 
and during COVID-related absences, 
employees have been paid in full. I am 
proud of what has been achieved by 
everyone concerned – those working 
diligently from home, and those 
arriving daily at the Group’s busy 
and COVID-secure factories.

Alphen and Rijn, the Netherlands

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   12
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   12

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:49:08
06/10/2021   11:49:08

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Investments in lighting controls 
technology, and in particular in the ability 
of those systems to co-communicate with 
other systems, continues at pace. Later in 
the year, Thorlux will release the second 
generation of SmartScan, building on 
the reliable and successful SmartScan 
system first launched in 2016, which won 
the 2019 Queen’s Award for Enterprise 
in the Innovation category. The system, 
now being used extensively by many 
companies across the Group, will be faster 
and smarter, and importantly will provide 
more data and analytics for customers 
to use in new ways to help streamline 
their operations, using the Group’s 
luminaires as a method of collecting and 
transporting information. Investments 
this year in new improved electronics, 
especially but not limited to those for 
outdoor areas, have brought cost downs, 
enabling customers to achieve paybacks 
in shorter times.

ACQUISITION
I mentioned last year that the Group 
remained acquisitive but was waiting 
until business again stabilised to some 
extent. I am pleased to report that, 
having put acquisition projects on 
hold last spring and following further 
discussions, on 5 October 2021 F W 
Thorpe acquired a majority stake in 
Electrozemper S.A., trading as Zemper, 
which has manufactured emergency 
lighting luminaires in Ciudad Real, Spain, 
since 1967.

Zemper has a complete range of 
emergency lighting, an area of business 
well liked by FW Thorpe for being 
somewhat niche and specialised. The 
factory is self-contained, with its own 
plastic moulding production, electronic 
printed circuit board assembly lines, 
robotic assembly techniques and end of 
line testing.

Generally, Zemper operates in markets 
where the Group currently only has a 
very small market share. Zemper’s largest 
revenue is derived from Spain, France 
and Belgium. Zemper’s annual revenue 
is €20m, with EBITDA over €4m. The deal 
structure is similar to that agreed for the 
Dutch acquisitions, and management is 
part of the ongoing project.

The Board sees long term synergies and 
collaboration possibilities with other 
companies in the Group whilst further 
penetrating wider geographical markets.

I welcome to F W Thorpe Plc the 
employees of Zemper and wish them 
long and successful careers as part of 
the team.

PERSONNEL
I would like to thank my whole team for 
their continued support and diligence 
through such challenging times. I hope 
that some stability will return in this 
financial year, and I look forward to 
being able more regularly to visit Group 
operating sites again soon.

MICHAEL DAVID LIPPOLD 
OBE

3 May 1930 – 11 August 2021 

Born in London in 1930, Mike 
Lippold was the son of Fred, Chief 
Electrical Engineer at Argus Press in 
the City of London, and Winifred, a 
travelling salesperson selling hats to 
fashion boutiques. 

Mike began his working life in 
the stock market, but his love of 
international travel soon saw him 
move into sales, progressing from 
selling packet soup at a local market 
to becoming Sales Director of 
Benjamin Electrical.

After joining FW Thorpe in 1970, 
Mike advanced to become Joint 
Managing Director of Thorlux 

OUTLOOK
Whilst still carrying some increased 
manufacturing costs, all companies are 
capable of producing increased revenue 
in the coming year. As mentioned earlier, 
the Group as a whole commenced 
the new year with a good order book, 
especially at Thorlux Lighting.

There remain some difficulties, though, 
caused by component supply shortages, 
some capacity restraints and ongoing 
COVID-related disruption. 

Mike Allcock 
Chairman and Joint Chief Executive

5 October 2021

Lighting and then Chairman of 
the Group. During his career at FW 
Thorpe, Mike was responsible for UK 
and export sales. He retired in 2002.

Mike became President of the UK 
Lighting Industry Federation (now 
the Lighting Industry Association; 
LIA), was Master of the livery 
company the Worshipful Company 
of Lightmongers and chaired the 
Church Floodlighting Trust. Mike’s 
charitable efforts were rewarded in 
2001 when he was honoured with 
the OBE for his role in floodlighting 
400 churches across the UK as part of 
the millennium celebrations.

As hobbies, Mike enjoyed social 
tennis, bridge and fishing, but 
his passion was sailing, which he 
continued late into his 80s with his 
amphibious boat Mr Toad. After 
retiring from FW Thorpe, Mike 
moved to Portscatho, in Cornwall, 
where he lived a long and peaceful 
retirement.

Michael is survived by his wife Judy, 
daughter Jane, son David and four 
grandchildren.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   13
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   13

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

13

06/10/2021   11:49:10
06/10/2021   11:49:10

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness Overview 
Marketplace

HOUSING

COMMERCIAL

INDUSTRIAL

EDUCATION

HEALTHCARE

MANUFACTURING

RETAIL

14

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   14
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   14

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:49:37
06/10/2021   11:49:37

DISPLAY

HOSPITALITY

PHARMACEUTICAL

RESEARCH & 
DEVELOPMENT

ADVERTISING

INFRASTRUCTURE

FACILITIES

Stock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.uk

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   15
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   15

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

15

06/10/2021   11:50:00
06/10/2021   11:50:00

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewMarketplace continued

UK

+7%

Revenue

• 

Increased business from 
target sectors
•  Services revenue 

increased with improved 
gross contribution

Europe

+2%

Revenue

•  Additional business in 

Germany

Netherlands

+1%

Revenue

•  Fall in Lightronics revenue 
offset by Famostar growth
Improved operating profit 
at both businesses

• 

Other countries

-22%

Revenue

•  Dampened demand in 

both Australia and the UAE

 Do your competitors 
have an interest in 
each of these markets 
as well?

We have both domestic 
and international 
competition across all of 
these markets, from listed 
multinationals to solid 
private businesses. We 
continue to differentiate 
ourselves with product 
and systems innovation, 
combined with excellent 
customer service through 
the life cycle of a project.

 Are you in each of 
these markets in all of 
the geographies you 
operate within?

We tend to focus on 
particular product ranges 
and technologies in new 
territories. We continue to 
work with existing partners 
and our Group presence 
in certain countries to 
drive export sales growth. 
We continue to focus on 
building our reputation by 
targeting certain sectors in 
these territories.

 How did you continue 
to navigate through 
the impact of COVID on 
your day to day 
operations?

Our priority remained 
the health and wellbeing 
of our employees whilst 
balancing the requirements 
of our customers. We 
separated the business in 
to distinct “bubbles” and 
introduced lateral flow 
testing on a weekly basis 
in an attempt to avoid 
an outbreak in any of our 
facilities. Detailed risk 
assessments were updated 
on a regular basis to enable 
us to continue operating 
at our manufacturing sites. 
See page 39.

  Which market sectors 
are growing?

There is growth in a 
number of areas that 
continues to justify our 
investment in business 
development.

Reduction in some sectors 
was offset by growth in 
certain target areas.

We will consider how 
we deploy our existing 
selling resources over the 
next few years in order to 
target specific sectors and 
territories.

  Which sectors are you 
focusing on?

Our product and solution 
portfolio continues to 
evolve and can cater for a 
variety of different sectors. 
We continue to focus on 
specific sectors that are 
investing but with some 
renewed endeavour on 
those that have reduced in 
previous years.

16

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   16
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   16

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:50:01
06/10/2021   11:50:01

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Increase in demand  
for technology

International  
economic conditions

Globalisation

What this means
•  Countries are recovering from 
COVID-19 at varying pace
•  Certain sectors and businesses 
starting to recover but could 
take time

•  Pressure on global supply chains 
– raw material price pressure, 
component shortages

What this means
•  Responding to the demands of 

our traditional customers who are 
developing a global footprint
•  Harmonisation of technology from 
the adoption of LED brings the 
threat of increased competition 
from both Far Eastern and Western 
economies

•  Recent global pandemic highlights 
the need for resilience in the supply 
chain

Opportunity it provides
•  Certain sectors will continue or 
potentially increase investment
•  Governments have indicated the 
intention to invest to support 
economies

•  Potential to win market share 

Opportunity it provides
•  Chance to establish ourselves in new 
territories with established customers 
in the countries we currently supply 
into

•  New sourcing opportunities – pricing, 

quality, technology

from competitors who struggle to 
recover

•  Potential for customers to reconsider 
sourcing strategies and buy “local”

What this means
• 

Evolution of controls technology – 
wireless

•  Connectivity with the internet and 

other devices – the Internet  
of Things

•  Ability to offer customers 

additional functionality by adding 
different sensor technology and 
presenting data
The Group has seen a shift in LED 
sales, moving from 3% to 90% of 
total revenue in recent years

• 

Opportunity it provides
Improves ability to hold 
• 
specification business with our own 
controls offering

•  Potential to supply retrofit projects 
with wireless controls where wired 
controls were cost prohibitive

•  Offer solutions to provide additional 
data specific to the market sector
•  Demand for retrofit installations 
replacing fluorescent lighting 
for LED, replacing product with 
wirelessly controlled technology 
driving energy saving

How we are responding
• 

Ensure our businesses are not reliant 
on any one sector in particular
•  Continue to develop innovative 
product solutions in all our 
businesses
Target sectors where demand is 
stable or increasing

• 

•  Redirect sales focus as appropriate

How we are responding
• 

SmartScan was introduced in 2016 
and continues to evolve with the 
latest generation due for launch 
late 2021
Further development of the 
SmartScan platform, bringing other 
non-lighting devices into the web 
portal

• 

•  Occupancy profiling, air quality 

sensing, and the ability to change 
colour temperature are all features
•  All new product developments are 

LED based

•  Continual review of LED technology 
offerings to take advantage of the 
latest advances and ensure we are 
offering the best solutions to our 
customers

Stock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.uk

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   17
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   17

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

How we are responding
•  Working with global customers 
•  Continual development of the 

supply chain 

•  Potential to establish new offices 
in chosen locations to support 
both customer and supply chain 
development in the future

17

06/10/2021   11:50:02
06/10/2021   11:50:02

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewBusiness Model

Customers come to us for peace of mind. They want the correct technical solution, professional 
service, sustainability of products/services and the ability to provide support during a product’s 
warrantable life and beyond. 

Our business model is focused on the needs of customers and the marketplace, with a robust 
capital structure that underpins our ability to deliver sustainable growth, innovative products 
and excellent customer service.

THE KEY RESOURCES  
WE UTILISE...

THE SERVICE OFFERING  
WE PROVIDE...

THE KEY MARKETS  
WE SERVE...

Design & 
Development

£1.5m 

Group spend on  
capitalised R&D
(2020: £1.3m)

Commercial

Industrial

Education

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Commercial

Industrial

Education

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Retail

Retail

Display

Display

Hospitality

Pharmaceutical

Hospitality

Pharmaceutical

Research & 
Development
Research & 
Development

Advertising

Infrastructure

Facilities

Advertising

Infrastructure

Facilities

Housing

Housing

Manufacturing
Commercial
Commercial

Industrial

Industrial

Education

Education

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Retail

Retail

Display

Display

£0.3m

Investment in solar at  
Hospitality
Group facilities 

Hospitality

Pharmaceutical

Pharmaceutical

Research & 
Development
Research & 
Development

Advertising

Infrastructure

Advertising

Infrastructure

Facilities

Facilities

Housing

Housing

Design & Innovation 
Continuous product 
development – products, 
software/controls, lighting 
design

Talented People 
Continual development

Manufacturing 
Facilities 
UK – multiple sites,  
Europe – Netherlands, Spain 
Continual Investment

Financial & 
Environmental 
Sustainability 
Financial stability, Carbon  
Offset Scheme

Commercial

Commercial

Commercial

Industrial

Hospitality

Services
Industrial
Industrial

£4.4m 

Education

Revenue from this service
(2020: £3.0m)

Pharmaceutical

Healthcare

Research & 
Development
Research & 
Development

Hospitality

Pharmaceutical

Education

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Education

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Retail

Retail

Display

Display

Manufacturing

Retail

Advertising

Infrastructure

Advertising

Infrastructure

Display

Facilities

Facilities

Housing

Housing

Commercial

Industrial
Hospitality

Education
Pharmaceutical

Healthcare
Research & 
Development

Manufacturing
Advertising

Retail
Infrastructure

Display
Facilities

Housing

18

Hospitality

Pharmaceutical

Research & 
Development

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   18
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   18

Advertising

Infrastructure

Facilities

Housing

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:50:07
06/10/2021   11:50:07

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021SOLUTIONS PROVIDED  
FOR CUSTOMERS...

THE VALUE GENERATED...

Target 
Customers

THOSE RESPONSIBLE FOR 
THE WHOLE LIFE CYCLE 
COST OF THE PRODUCTS/
SERVICES SUPPLIED

Solutions Provided
•  Energy efficiency
•  Low maintenance
•  Rapid installation
•  Longevity of product
•  Low total cost of ownership

Customers
Short-term
Replacement of ageing technology 
with improved lighting systems

Long-term
Innovative lighting that delivers cost 
savings and additional benefits, such 
as data capture and presentation

Shareholders
Short-term
Opportunity to invest in a company 
that pays a progressive dividend and 
with a robust balance sheet

Long-term
Sustainable profit growth  
drives future shareholder returns

OUR REVENUE DRIVERS

Specification – 
renovations, new 
build, energy 
saving, compliance, 
technology adoption

Diversified product 
portfolio gives the 
ability to supply a 
complete project – 
“boiler room to board 
room, and beyond”

Cross-selling 
opportunities 
with other Group 
companies to offer 
a complete solution 
to a wide variety of 
sectors

Employees
Short-term
Opportunity to work with an 
innovative market leading company 
within the lighting industry

Long-term
Continual development with a variety 
of Group companies in a number of 
different territories

Environment
Short-term
Build on the work of many years, 
delivering energy saving products 
and continuing our carbon offset 
programme

Long-term
Develop and implement our 
sustainability strategy

Communities
Short-term
Employment opportunities and 
supporting local charities

Long-term
Providing sustainable employment in 
the local areas where our businesses 
are located

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   19
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   19

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

19

06/10/2021   11:50:08
06/10/2021   11:50:08

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewStrategy

Our products are sold throughout the world. The Group management team is passionate about 
developing the business for the benefit of the shareholders, employees and customers. With the 
energy and ability of our staff we look forward to the future with enthusiasm. Our aim is to create 
shareholder value through market leadership in the design, manufacture and supply of professional 
lighting systems.

Our focus is for long-term growth and stability, achieved through the following priorities:

OVERVIEW OF STRATEGY 

•  Strategy was designed to 
build on the values that 
have been at the core of the 
company since its inception. 
FW Thorpe has been built on 
product innovation – design 
and product development is 
fundamental.

•  The Group is product led. 

This enables us to maintain 
competitive advantage with 
marketing leading products, 
utilising technology to retain 
and attract new customers.

•  Sustainable growth is key to 
our stakeholders – targeting 
new customers in existing 
or new territories, using our 
product portfolio to drive into 
new sectors.

•  Control of the manufacturing 

processes is of utmost 
importance – key processes 
are kept in-house with 
targeted investment in new 
machinery as required.

•  Family principles for example 
how we treat our people 
fundamental to our success 
– internal development, 
training and experience. The 
Group prides itself on the 
development of people from 
within the organisation – 
maintaining our values.

20

FOCUS ON HIGH QUALITY  
PRODUCTS AND GOOD  
LEADERSHIP IN TECHNOLOGY

CONTINUE TO GROW  
THE CUSTOMER BASE  
FOR GROUP COMPANIES

Customers continually require new 
and innovative ways in which to 
reduce the operating costs of their 
lighting installations. There is also 
the requirement to reduce their 
environmental impacts.

Progress to date
•  Continued enhancement of 
features for the SmartScan 
wireless system 
 Integration of lens and optical 
technology into certain ranges

• 

With the continued investment in 
the product portfolio and the broad 
range of sectors we can service, 
the focus will be on expanding our 
customer base in new markets and 
territories.

Progress to date
•  Targeted approach in the 
Netherlands with Thorlux 
industrial product portfolio
Introduce Famostar product 
portfolio to territories where the 
Group has a presence
Introduce selected Luxintec 
product to the UK via Thorlux

• 

• 

Future opportunities
•  Further development of 

SmartScan

•  Continuous research and 

development

•  Targeted acquisition

Associated risks 
C

• 
• 

Product acceptance
Initial product introduction

Strategy in Action
Case Study: 
Smartscan Radar
Flexbeam 

Future opportunities
•  Consider further sales offices 

overseas

•  Potential business development 

• 

investment
Investment in sales personnel in 
the UK and overseas
•  Targeted acquisition

Associated risks 
A C D J

• 

• 

Short-term cost increase without 
immediate return
Prolonged time required to establish 
FW Thorpe brands in new territories

Strategy in Action
Case Study: 
IBRB, University of Warwick  
United Lincolnshire Hospitals NHS Trust 

Read more on page 54

Read more on page 25 and 27

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   20
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   20

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:50:10
06/10/2021   11:50:10

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021FOCUS ON MANUFACTURING  
EXCELLENCE

CONTINUE TO DEVELOP  
HIGH QUALITY PEOPLE

Our Values

Along with continued product 
development, the need to innovate 
the production process is essential.

Talent is one of our main sources 
of competitive advantage and it is 
imperative we continually develop 
and retain it within the business.

Progress to date
•  Training and development 
•  Apprentice scheme continues
Investment in management 
• 
training

Progress to date
•  Rebuild of Lightronics factory 
following fire in 2020, due for 
completion spring 2022 – increase 
capacity by 75% to plan for future 
expansion

•  Famostar facility to be extended 

in 2022

•  Solar on all factory roofs to reduce 
electricity demand and improve 
carbon footprint

•  Continue to utilise former TRT facility 

Future opportunities
•  Continued investment in  
manufacturing facilities

Future opportunities
•  Continued investment in training  
and personnel development

Associated risks 
C E

Associated risks 
C

I

• 

• 

Reduced productivity while changes 
are implemented
Learning curve on introduction of 
new products and processes

• 

• 

Ability to retain staff in competitive 
local job markets
Potential loss of UK personnel from 
the EU due to Brexit

Read more on page 22

Integrity Honesty Longevity

Risks key 

A Adverse economic  

conditions

B Changes in government 
legislation or policy

C Competitive environment

D Price changes

E Business continuity

F Credit risk

G Movements in  

currency exchange

H Cyber security

I

Exit from the  
European Union

J Global pandemic

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   21
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   21

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

21

06/10/2021   11:50:11
06/10/2021   11:50:11

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewStrategy in Action 
Lightronics Fire:  
‘From the ashes’ 

In the Chairman’s statement 
last year, he reported that 
Lightronics experienced a fire 
on 23 September 2020 at its 
facility in the Netherlands. 

Thanks to the swift action of the fire 
service, no one was injured and the 
fire was prevented from spreading to 
the warehouse and offices. However, 
damage to the assembly area and 
the European Application Centre 
was significant. The Centre, which 
had been nominated for the Sign 
+ Award, has had to be completely 
dismantled and will be rebuilt in 
due course.

Fortunately, there was a limited 
impact on stock, which enabled the 
rapid resumption of production. With 
the support of the Group, Lightronics 
secured a temporary facility and 
assembly began within 24 hours of 

the fire, with production lines set up 
for street and area luminaires as well 
as tunnel lighting. The sales team 
contacted customers regarding the 
status of current orders, the majority 
of which were still delivered on time.

The site is now cleared and ready 
for the reconstruction of the new 
improved facility, which will begin in 
September with completion planned 
for spring 2022. The construction 
of the new Application Centre will 
follow. Insurance claims are now 
settled, and production output and 
efficiency are recovering to near 
normal levels. 

Following the fire, the Board 
completed an independent enhanced 
fire risk review of all its operations, 
and actions are continuing to do 
everything possible to manage and 
mitigate risks of this nature.

“

The fire at Lightronics 
on 23 September was, 
of course, a terrible 
disaster. At that moment 
we could have done one 
of two things: either sat 
down and done nothing 
or put our shoulders to 
the wheel and given it 
100%. We did the latter. 
We no longer looked 
back at what had been, 
but forward to the future. 
Thanks to this spirit from 
the entire team we were 
back to full production 
by the beginning of 
November and all the 
backlog was cleared by 
the end of November. 
We did all this during a 
coronavirus crisis, and I 
am incredibly proud of 
my team.”

Jos Spapens 
Managing Director – Lightronics

Lightronics factory in Waalwijk, the Netherlands

22

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   22
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   22

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:50:16
06/10/2021   11:50:16

Case Study 
Worcester’s Big Parade for St 
Richard’s Hospice, Worcester

Each elephant is sponsored by 
a company and designed by an 
artist. The artists, both well known 
and undiscovered, submitted their 
designs, and after much deliberation 
Thorlux chose ‘The Elephant Tree’ 
by local artist Marnie Maurri. The 
theme connects with the Company’s 
environmental initiatives, particularly 
the FW Thorpe carbon offsetting 
scheme.

As part of this year’s charitable 
contribution, the directors of 
Thorlux Lighting have chosen 
to donate to St Richard’s 
Hospice in Worcester, a local 
hospice that cares for adults 
with a serious progressive 
illness, improving their quality 
of life from diagnosis, during 
treatment and to their last days. 

This year the hospice has organised 
an elephant sculpture trail, with a 
minimum of 30 individually designed 
elephants displayed throughout 
the streets and public spaces of 
Worcester city from Monday 12 July 
to Sunday 5 September 2021. At the 
end of the period, the sculptures 
will be auctioned to raise funds for 
the hospice’s care of patients, loved 
ones and bereaved people across 
Worcestershire. 

“

We’re very aware of 
the care St Richard’s 
provides to patients 
and families locally. 
It’s a charity that strikes 
a chord with the team 
here. 

When we heard about 
the elephant parade, we 
thought it was a great 
way to support our 
hospice heroes.”

Craig Muncaster
Joint Chief Executive, Group 
Financial Director

Stock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.uk

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   23
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   23

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

23

06/10/2021   11:50:18
06/10/2021   11:50:18

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewKey Performance Indicators

The following key performance indicators are considered to be the most appropriate for measuring 
how successful the Group has been in meeting its strategic objectives.

Revenue (£m)

Operating Profit (£m)

+4.0%

+17.7%

Basic Earnings Per Share 
(Pence)

+18.5%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

117.9

113.3

110.6

109.6

105.4

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

19.2*

16.3

17.6**

19.5

18.4

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

13.57

11.45

13.91

13.91

12.54

Performance in 2021 
•  Built on 2020 performance
•  Revenue growth across the 

Group, driven by Thorlux, TRT 
and Famostar

Performance in 2021 
• 

Impacted by Services and larger 
scale projects at Thorlux

•  Growth in the Netherlands and 

TRT improvement

•  Suppressed by overseas sales 

•  Other companies recovered but 

offices

not to pre-COVID levels

* 

 2021 excludes the exceptional item in respect of 
Lightronics fire £1.6m

**  2019 excludes the profit on disposal of property of £1.9m

Performance in 2021 
•  Driven by operating results 
and exceptional profit from 
Lightronics fire
Increased number of shares due 
to exercise of executive share 
options

• 

Operating Cash (£m)

Co2 Offset (tonnes)

+12.9%

-22.4%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

21.9

19.4

21.6

20.7

18.5

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

2,181

2,810

2,558

2,687

3,287

Renewable Energy Usage 
(kWh)

+145.9%

2021

2020

321,236

790,030

Performance in 2021 
• 
• 

Increased due to operating results
 Reduction in stock as Brexit 
protection unwound, mainly at 
Thorlux

Performance in 2021 
• 

Investment in solar energy 
generating capacity at factories in 
UK and Netherlands

•  Further investment in solar and 

carbon offset capacity planned in 
the future

Performance in 2021 
•  Solar generation, renewable 

sources

•  Solar panels installed between 
autumn 2019 and spring 2021

24

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   24
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   24

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:50:21
06/10/2021   11:50:21

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Strategy in Action 
IBRB, University of Warwick

The new Interdisciplinary 
Biomedical Research Building 
(IBRB) includes state-of-the 
art laboratory space where 
researchers investigate how 
cells and tissues perform 
mechanical functions. The 
IBRB is the university’s most 
environmentally sustainable 
space on campus so far. It 
demonstrates real progress 
towards the university’s aim of 
reaching net zero carbon from 
direct emissions and the energy 
it buys by 2030.

As an established supplier, Thorlux 
Lighting was asked to design 
an installation that would both 
complement the architecture of 
the building while providing a low 
energy and low maintenance lighting 
solution.

High performance LED luminaires 
combined with the SmartScan 
wireless management system were 
selected for all areas within the IBRB. 
The SmartScan luminaires have in-
built energy usage monitoring and 
users have instant access to energy 
performance data via the SmartScan 
website. The information displayed 

on the website can be accessed from 
anywhere using a computer, laptop, 
tablet or smart-phone.

“

The SmartScan system also has the 
ability to provide occupancy profiling 
information. The data collected from 
the SmartScan Sensor, incorporated 
into the luminaire, can be used to 
monitor room occupancy even when 
the lamp is turned off. SmartScan 
interactive drawings provide a simple 
and effective method of viewing 
system information. The occupancy 
profile for each sensor is displayed 
by a range of colours from grey 
(no occupancy) through to red 
(occupied continuously throughout 
the selected hour).

Within the laboratory areas Colour 
Active luminaires have been 
installed. The daily ColourActive 
cycle is configured via the SmartScan 
website. Preset regimes follow the 
natural daylight rhythm, or specific 
settings can be set and tailored 
as required. This gives the user 
complete freedom to set a colour 
temperature regime that suits the 
building’s usage pattern. Colour 
temperatures are set at hourly 
intervals on the website, where they 
are processed and transmitted to the 
building’s ColourActive Gateway.

As one of the 
university’s approved 
suppliers, Thorlux 
was set the challenge 
of creating an energy 
efficient, smart building 
lighting solution which 
complements the 
building’s architecture 
whilst also being 
low maintenance. 
I believe Thorlux has 
excelled in this and also 
brought innovation 
in the form of smart 
lighting controls and 
circadian rhythm 
simulation to meet 
user requirements.”

Paul Holland  
Electrical Design Engineer at the 
University of Warwick.

Stock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.uk

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   25
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   25

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

25

06/10/2021   11:50:26
06/10/2021   11:50:26

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewStrategy in Action 
United Lincolnshire 
Hospitals NHS Trust

Lincolnshire, United Kingdom

“

The Trust received a 
grant from the National 
Energy Efficiency Fund 
for £2.6 million, enabling 
the replacement of 
around 12,000 light 
fittings with modern 
LED fittings with smart 
technology that means 
lights turn off after a 
period of y and money 
for the Trust.”

Claire Hall 
Associate Director of Strategic 
Business Planning at ULHT.

United Lincolnshire Hospitals 
NHS Trust (ULHT) is one of the 
biggest acute hospital trusts 
in England, serving a local 
population of 720,000. The 
Trust worked with sustainability 
consultant ETL on an Energy 
Performance Contract (EPC) to 
procure and appoint an energy 
supplier, and installed Thorlux 
SmartScan standard and 
emergency luminaires across 
its main hospital sites – Lincoln 
County, Grantham Hospital, and 
Pilgrim Hospital in Boston. 

The programme aims to build long 
term energy resilience and make lasting 
enhancements to the patient care 
environment at the three hospitals.

The primary aims of the new lighting 
scheme are to improve lighting levels 
and minimise energy usage, through 
the use of Smart controls, while 
providing a safe and comfortable 
environment for the public and staff. 
The ULHT expects to cut annual 
carbon emissions by 7,712 tonnes 
across the three key hospitals. 

Claire Hall, Associate Director of 
Strategic Business Planning at 
ULHT, says: “Sustainability, energy 
efficiency, and carbon reduction 
are at the heart of our management 
policy. We have already made great 
strides in reducing our carbon 
footprint. By upgrading and investing 
in sustainable technologies, it’s our 
ambition to reduce this by 28% by the 
end of 2021.”

Thorlux Lighting proposed a new 
installation that would combine 
the necessary energy savings with 
an improved quality of lighting 

throughout the buildings. This 
recommendation was based on 
installing the Thorlux SmartScan 
monitoring and management system, 
which incorporates Smart intelligent 
lighting control. Integral Smart 
sensors monitor ambient light and 
presence, and control output to the 
correct level; they dim and switch 
when there is sufficient daylight, 
and illuminate only when the area 
is occupied. Thorlux SmartScan 
luminaires have delivered a 91% 
energy saving compared with 
the previous lighting installation, 
resulting in electrical operating 
savings of £398,570 per annum.

Claire Hall says, “The Trust received 
a grant from the National Energy 
Efficiency Fund for £2.6 million, 
enabling the replacement of around 
12,000 light fittings with modern LED 
fittings with smart technology that 
means lights turn off after a period of 
inactivity, saving energy and money 
for the Trust.”

SmartScan automatically controls 
the emergency lighting test regime, 
monitoring the status of each 
luminaire and reporting daily to 
the SmartScan website. SmartScan 
emergency luminaires test according 
to the schedule specified in BS EN 
62034:2012 (automatic test systems 
for battery powered emergency 
escape lighting) and display current 
status via a bi-colour LED. The 
SmartScan website allows users 
to view current status information 
as well as full historic data when 
required. The hospitals recognise 
that significant savings that can 
be achieved by removing the task 
of manually testing thousands of 
emergency luminaires every month.

26

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   26
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   26

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:50:29
06/10/2021   11:50:29

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   27
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   27

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

27

06/10/2021   11:50:42
06/10/2021   11:50:42

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewOperating performance

Group Total Revenue (£m) 
Excluding Intercompany

16.4

31.5

2021

70.0

 Thorlux 
 Netherlands companies 
 Other companies

Revenue By Region (£m) 
Excluding Intercompany

2.1

12.5

28.9

2021

74.4

 UK 
 Netherlands 
 Rest of Europe 
 Rest of the World

FW THORPE: 2021 GROUP COMPANY OVERVIEW

Group’s businesses this financial year 
has been on maintaining operations 
whilst navigating the various 
restrictions imposed and balancing 
customer demand.

TRT built on the results of last year. 
Most other UK companies in the 
Group made a decent recovery; 
however, they still traded below pre-
COVID levels. 

Results at the Group’s overseas sales 
offices in Australia and the UAE 
were disappointing, with colleagues 
severely affected in their ability to 
visit customers and sell products.

The Group’s Dutch companies 
deserve special mention. Both 
Lightronics and Famostar grew their 
operating profit – a remarkable feat 
given that Lightronics’ operations 
were severely hampered in late 
September and October 2020 by the 
fire that destroyed the manufacturing 
capacity of the business.

Revenue continued to be supported 
by some major projects and 
services; the latter made little profit 
contribution, however, therefore 
dampening returns at an operating 
profit level. Continued new product 
introductions, investment in 
manufacturing facilities, and sales 
into new markets have, though, 
helped the Group deliver respectable 
results yet again, even against the 
backdrop of uncertainty.

The Group continues to be 
underpinned by the development of 
market-leading lighting equipment 
and the delivery of excellent 
customer service. 

The following is an overview of 
2020/21 for each company.

FW Thorpe Plc encompasses 
individual companies that 
concentrate on particular 
market sectors and 
geographical locations. The 
companies provide the Group 
with diversity as well as risk 
mitigation, as they do not 
compete with one another and 
are complementary.

The companies within the Group 
can be affected differently by trends 
and economic impacts within their 
respective markets. The continuing 
development and market adoption of 
LED and lighting controls technology 
allows Group companies to share 
the benefits of their product and 
technical expertise, differentiating 
themselves from competitors.

Improved Group performance in 
2020/21 was driven by increased 
revenues at Thorlux and a solid 
performance by the businesses in the 
Netherlands. 

The COVID-19 pandemic still 
hampered Group companies’ ability 
to increase production capacity when 
required, due to social distancing 
measures and lack of availability 
of labour. Companies also faced 
increased costs for cleaning and for 
lateral flow testing of employees. 
The Group continued to support its 
employees with full pay when they 
were off work due to illness or to 
COVID-19 isolation requirements; it 
maintained its independence by not 
accessing any government support 
packages.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, it 
has been important for the Group to 
protect and support its employees 
as well as consider the long-
term impact of its actions on the 
Group’s customers, reputation and 
independence. 

Beyond the health and safety of 
employees, the focus of all the 

28

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   28
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   28

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:50:43
06/10/2021   11:50:43

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021SUMMARY OF THE  
COVID-19 SITUATION

•  Safety measures remained in 
place at facilities, lateral flow 
testing introduced in 2020 to 
protect the work force and 
ensure minimal disruption in 
manufacturing.

•  Majority of Group businesses 
have recovered strongly, 
slow recovery at Philip Payne, 
Australia and the UAE. 
•  No government support 

accessed again this year, unlike 
a number of our domestic 
and international competitors 
with a presence in the UK. 
Continued support for our 
employees where necessary.
•  Results hampered by COVID-19. 
Increased costs for testing, 
financial support of hourly 
paid, lost productivity and 
management time.

WMG Degree Apprenticeship Centre, University of Warwick

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   29
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   29

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

29

06/10/2021   11:50:46
06/10/2021   11:50:46

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewOperating performance continued

THORLUX LIGHTING

The company delivered another 
strong performance, with 
improved operating profit. 
Order levels reached an all-
time high, supported by major 
projects from a number of 
sectors, resulting in a strong 
order backlog to start the new 
financial year. Operational 
efficiency also improved. 

Revenue continues to be supported 
by growth in services; however, £2.2m 
of revenue from services earned 
lower margins than lighting sales and 
had a dilutive impact on operating 
results. Providing surveying, project 
management and installation services 
does, however, augment the ability 
of Thorlux to secure significant-value 
product orders which in turn provide 
characteristic margin levels. 

Following the introduction of a 
new managing director, reported 
last year, initiatives are underway 
to build on this year’s improvement 
in performance, merging some 
new ideas with years of embedded 
lighting industry know-how.

The ability of Thorlux to cover 
the broadest portfolio of sectors 
with its vast range of products, as 
well as its stable 85-year history, 
have supported growth this year. 
Brexit threatened to undermine 
the company’s ability to sell into 
Europe; however, with the support of 
Thorlux’s customers and the Group’s 
businesses based in the European 
Union, the company has overcome 
most obstacles. Unfortunately, some 
significant customers inevitably 
became frustrated by Brexit-related 
disruption.

Overseas sales offices had less 
success this year – except in Germany, 
where more positive results were 
achieved predominantly from one 
new large SmartScan customer. 
Despite achieving lower revenues, 
the Ireland team supported order 
successes in Spain, South Africa, and 
in the UAE, where it supported an 
internationally recognised company’s 
expansion plans.

£73.3m

Revenue +7%
(2020: +4%)

“

The FW Thorpe 
board is pleased that 
Thorlux achieved 
another record year 
for orders despite the 
economic uncertainty 
faced throughout the 
financial year.”

WMG Degree Apprenticeship Centre, University of Warwick

30

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   30
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   30

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:50:51
06/10/2021   11:50:51

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Amenity lighting, Stratford upon Avon

The bedrock of any FW Thorpe 
company is innovation, a key 
principle that Thorlux was founded 
upon. Product development 
continues, with several new products 
and enhancements of existing ranges 
launched this year.

Whilst it may seem to have been 
a quiet year on the investment 
front, several smaller projects have 
been implemented, including 
compressed air unit replacements 
and improvements to fire prevention 
companywide. 

SmartScan continues to deliver, with 
revenues growing significantly again 
this year. In-house development work 
continues on new and enhanced 
features, helping to secure orders 
in sector-specific areas as well as 
supporting growth in Germany. 
Further information on how 
SmartScan is evolving can been seen 
on page 54.

Thorlux has continued its investment 
in green technologies – for example, 
in electric vehicles to replace 
traditional or hybrid technologies 
and improve the company’s carbon 
footprint – and this will continue into 
the next financial year. 

The FW Thorpe board is pleased that 
Thorlux achieved another record 
year for orders despite the economic 
uncertainty faced throughout 
the financial year. Economic 
commentators seem to be signalling 
some positive momentum in the UK; 
however, there is some adversity for 
the company to navigate in terms 
of raw material price increases and 
component shortages. 

Thorlux starts 2021/22 with a 
significant order book and the 
opportunity to secure further large 
scale orders. Continuing to target 
specific sectors and territories will be 
crucial to ongoing success.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   31
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   31

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

31

06/10/2021   11:50:57
06/10/2021   11:50:57

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewOperating performance continued

PHILIP PAYNE

The recovery at Philip Payne 
this year was slower than 
anticipated. In part, this could 
be due to the sector mix that 
the business operates within 
and the lack of major projects.

Architecturally pleasing products and 
an impressive portfolio of projects 
continue to underpin the company. 
Whilst there have been no projects 
of significant value, projects are no 
less notable and include the Jumeirah 
Carlton Tower Hotel in Knightsbridge, 
Westminster Chapel, Symphony Hall 
Birmingham, the Royal Courts of 
Justice, and Lord’s Cricket Ground. 
Overseas projects include Haramain 
high-speed railway in Jeddah, Saudi 
Arabia, and an opera house in Egypt. 

Philip Payne’s iteration of the Thorlux 
SmartScan platform, Specto-XT, 
continues to have a positive impact 
on revenues despite relatively flat 
overall performance. Projects were 
secured in a variety of sectors, 
including in a castle.

Philip Payne struggled to gain 
traction in its collaboration 
with Famostar this year, despite 
investment in the sales resource; 

COVID-related restrictions in place 
for much of the year made it difficult 
to engage with potential new 
customers. Some success has been 
achieved, with small orders secured 
in a few different sectors. Renewed 
selling vigour following reduced 
restrictions should see a positive 
impact in 2022 and increase the 
Group’s market share of smaller end 
user clients.

Export revenues improved this year, 
with a good example of Group co-
operation: Philip Payne supported a 
project in Spain that was specified by 
Thorlux in Ireland and delivered by 
Luxintec. 

The only significant investment at 
Philip Payne in 2021 was in sales and 
marketing activities associated with 
selling the Famostar range; these 
investments are expected to achieve 
more orders next year. 

During the coming year, the company 
will also focus on further marketing 
investment to support the recovery 
and growth in revenue. Whilst the 
target for 2021 was to recover to 
previous revenue levels, this target 
now has to be shifted to 2022.

£2.8m

Revenue +3%
(2020: -20%)

“

Whilst the target for 
2021 was to recover 
to previous revenue 
levels, this target now 
has to be shifted to 
2022.”

Morgan Cars

32

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   32
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   32

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:51:03
06/10/2021   11:51:03

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021SOLITE

The Solite business made a 
strong recovery, driven by 
clean-room lighting projects 
in the pharmaceutical and 
healthcare sectors. Cross-selling 
has also helped drive revenues 
this year, with continued 
collaboration between the sales 
office in Ireland and the Thorlux 
UK team helping to secure 
multiple projects.

Solite’s strength is its ability to 
offer variations of its standard 
range of products to suit specific 
customer requirements. A particular 
collaboration with Thorlux produced 
some good revenue and helped 
ensure the continued support of two 
key customers for the Group in the 
retail sector.

Solite was affected significantly by 
day-to-day operational difficulties 
related to the COVID-19 pandemic, 
probably due to its geographical 
location near Greater Manchester 
which seemed to suffer more than 
many parts of the UK. 

Nevertheless, strict control measures 
and, on occasion, twice-weekly 
testing of all employees kept the 
business operational. 

Raw material shortages have resulted 
in material price inflation, but some 
well-managed forward ordering has 
helped minimise the impact. 

Solite increased its performance 
quite markedly compared with the 
prior year. Investments in sales and 
marketing have delivered a return to 
almost pre-COVID revenue levels; the 
next target is to move beyond this 
with a focused approach.

There are plans to strengthen Solite’s 
management team in 2021/22 and 
target further growth within the 
company’s traditional markets 
sectors whilst also more vigorously 
pursuing new market sectors. Solite 
will continue to focus on improving 
its product portfolio to keep ahead of 
the competition. 

Yet again, Solite starts the new 
financial year with a solid order book. 

£3.2m

Revenue +19%
(2020: -21%)

“

Investments in sales 
and marketing have 
delivered a return to 
almost pre-COVID 
revenue levels; the 
next target is to move 
beyond this with a 
focused approach.”

Solar Panel Manufacturer, Wroclaw, Poland

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   33
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   33

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

33

06/10/2021   11:51:04
06/10/2021   11:51:04

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewOperating performance continued

PORTLAND LIGHTING

Given the company’s reliance 
on orders for supply into the 
retail and hospitality sectors, 
the results achieved by Portland 
in the economic climate of the 
last 12 months are all the more 
impressive. 

During the final quarter of the 
2019/20 financial year, for a number 
of weeks, Portland had almost zero 
order intake. During 2020/21 also, the 
business has been subjected to lower 
levels of activity around periods of 
lockdown; however, Portland finished 
the financial year strongly.

The company has been supported by 
a collaboration project with Thorlux, 
delivering a bespoke solution to 
a specific retail customer by re-
engineering an existing product. 
Portland’s new product design 
team, created in 2020 to support 
the increased requirement of the 
company for targeted innovation 
and development, delivered the 
customised product.

Portland continues to develop export 
opportunities for its core products, 
although success has been limited.

A more varied product portfolio 
has been an ambition of the Group 
for some time, in response to the 
decline in Portland’s traditional 
markets. There has been significant 
progress, with two new product 
ranges ready for launch into two new 
market sectors – one for sales into 
the domestic market sector, the other 
related to lighting road crossings. 
Portland has made strategic 
recruitments to target these sectors, 
and some benefit is expected to 
materialise in 2022.

Whilst there has been some recovery 
in Portland’s core market, the 
company needs to continue to focus 
on delivering revenue growth from 
specific products aimed at new 
sectors.

£2.8m

Revenue +16%
(2020: -17%)

“

A more varied product 
portfolio has been 
an ambition of the 
Group for some time, 
in response to the 
decline in Portland’s 
traditional markets. 
There has been 
significant progress, 
with two new product 
ranges ready for 
launch.”

New Leisurelux range

34

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   34
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   34

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:51:11
06/10/2021   11:51:11

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021TRT LIGHTING

TRT improved both revenue 
and operating profit again 
this financial year. Despite 
having to close its facility for 
two weeks in January 2021 due 
to COVID-19, TRT responded 
well to the setback, posting 
impressive revenue figures 
during the remaining months of 
the financial year to surpass the 
highs of 2019/20 and break the 
£10m revenue marker for the 
first time since its inception.

Revenue has been boosted by a 
large scale tunnel refurbishment 
project on the M25 motorway and 
the company’s continued support of 
large scale rail projects in conjunction 
with Thorlux. TRT expects further 
tunnel projects to be given the go-
ahead in 2021/22 and demand in 
street lighting to be maintained.

Operational improvement projects 
at TRT seem to have stalled this year; 
however, the team has had a number 
of COVID-related challenges to deal 
with. TRT will continue efforts to 
improve the company’s return on 
sales in the coming years.

TRT is no different to the rest 
of the Group in its need for 
continuous product development 
and innovation. The Optio range 
has continued to gain traction, 
giving customers a one-size-fits-all 
approach to street lighting solutions. 
Also, several patent applications 
have been granted. Sustainability is 
becoming a key criterion for certain 
customers; here TRT has offered a 
retrofit solution for tunnel enclosures, 
leaving the main carcass intact whilst 
rejuvenating the light-generating 
portion for many years to come. TRT’s 
street lighting range is made from 
recycled aluminium and offers the 
ability for maintenance engineers to 
replace components, increasing the 
longevity of a product that already 
had a significant design life.

TRT starts the new financial year 
with a reduced order book but with 
a significant project for Thorlux in 
the rail sector. The company will 
target further growth this year, with 
operational improvements back on 
the agenda if there are no COVID-
related distractions.

£10.5m

Revenue +8%
(2020: +14%) 

“

TRT’s street lighting 
range is made from 
recycled aluminium 
and offers the ability 
for maintenance 
engineers to replace 
components, 
increasing the 
longevity of a product 
that already had a 
significant design life.”

Cuilfail Tunnel, Lewes

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   35
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   35

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

35

06/10/2021   11:51:15
06/10/2021   11:51:15

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewOperating performance continued

LIGHTRONICS

£22.5m

Revenue -1%
(2020: -3%)
(Constant currency -2% (2020: -3%))

“

Fantastic set of 
results, considering 
the business was 
ravaged by fire, losing 
its full manufacturing 
capabilities during late 
September and into 
October 2020.”

Lumièrepark in Almere, the Netherlands

These words are not used 
lightly in the Group – but 
what a fantastic set of results, 
considering the business was 
ravaged by fire, losing its full 
manufacturing capabilities 
during late September and 
into October 2020. Although 
revenues were lower, operating 
results improved. This is 
testament to the efforts of the 
team at Lightronics but also 
the willingness of the customer 
base to stick with the company 
during that difficult period.

There were no projects of significant 
note this financial year, just a good 
day-to-day order intake. Business was 
derived from both the street lighting 
and impact-proof segments. Sales 
into both Germany and France were 
at similar levels.

Success distributing Thorlux’s 
industrial products was again limited, 
at £0.5m (2020: £0.5m). The Group 
remains confident that the market 
in the Netherlands is receptive to 

energy-saving high technology 
solutions, but the route to market 
through Lightronics continues to 
stutter. To this end the Group has 
changed its approach: Lightronics will 
continue to market Group products 
to its existing customer base, but 
Famostar will take the lead from 
2021/22 onwards, given its success in 
introducing SmartScan to the market 
this year and its closer relationship 
with end users, the more traditional 
customers of Thorlux Lighting in 
the UK.

Development of products for its 
core markets is fundamental for 
Lightronics’ continued success. 
Working with other Group 
companies on collaborative product 
development projects is also key 
– particularly with Thorlux, and 
with TRT, given they share similar 
customer bases and product 
portfolios. In August 2020, Thorlux 
launched the unique Radar wireless 
presence detection system in the 
UK; Lightronics has now adopted the 
system for its own market. Various 
components from the Lightronics 

portfolio have also benefited the 
TRT amenity range, saving the need 
for separate UK design and tooling 
investment.

Unfortunately, the European 
Application Centre (known locally as 
the Experience Centre) was destroyed 
by the 2020 fire. This was devastating 
for the team involved in this project, 
given their effort in creating it. The 
European Application Centre will be 
re-established as part of the factory 
rebuild that should be completed 
during the 2021/22 financial year, 
increasing assembly manufacturing 
space by 75% and setting the 
business up for the long term.

Improving on these results will be 
a challenge; however, given the 
performance of the Lightronics team 
during the last financial year, the 
challenge is one they can certainly 
respond to. The first target is to build 
on the improved profitability of 
2020/21 with increased revenue; this 
will be tough given the raw material 
price increases and electronics 
component shortages that the Group 
is experiencing at this time.

36

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   36
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   36

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:51:23
06/10/2021   11:51:23

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021FAMOSTAR

Watertoren Amersfoort, the Netherlands

Famostar has posted another 
set of impressive results; 
growth has continued since the 
company joined the Group in 
2017. Growth has been achieved 
through targeted customer 
activity to increase market 
share as well as supplementing 
revenues by delivering projects 
incorporating the Thorlux 
SmartScan platform.

Traditionally, Famostar business 
has been derived from the 
Netherlands. Famostar is developing 
a distribution channel in the UK 
utilising Philip Payne’s local presence 
in the emergency lighting market. 
Additional UK selling resource has 
been recruited and the first initial 
orders have been received despite the 
difficulties of finding and visiting new 
clients during this last year.

There has also been some notable 
progress selling SmartScan 
technology developed by Thorlux 
into the Netherlands. Famostar has 
integrated SmartScan technology 
(electronic designs and software) into 
its existing product portfolio and 
has delivered projects into a variety 
of sectors, with a number in the 
pipeline for 2021/22. Furthermore, the 
SmartScan website and system are 
now supported in six languages.

Whilst Famostar continues to evolve 
and enhance its existing product 
portfolio, a new product has also 
been added. D-sign is a sleek 
emergency exit sign with a modern 
aesthetic that is easy to install. The 
product won a Red Dot award for 
product design in 2021. 

Following the purchase of the 
Famostar building and neighbouring 
land in 2019, plans to expand the 
current facility are being finalised. 

£9.3m

Revenue +5%
(2020: +12%)
(Constant currency +4% 
(2020: +12%))

“

There has also been 
some notable progress 
selling SmartScan 
technology developed 
by Thorlux into the 
Netherlands.”

The larger facility will facilitate future 
company growth and remove the 
reliance on external storage, reducing 
the associated costs in transporting 
and double handling. This investment 
is expected to be completed during 
the 2022/23 financial year.

Last year’s annual report noted the 
pessimistic economic outlook in the 
Netherlands and the impact this could 
have on both of the Group’s Dutch 
companies; however, both companies’ 
results have exceeded expectations 
this year. Famostar will continue to 
focus on its strategic objectives of 
growing the business outside the 
Netherlands and selling SmartScan 
technology into the domestic market.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   37
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   37

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

37

06/10/2021   11:51:29
06/10/2021   11:51:29

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewStrategy in Action 
Product innovation: 
Flexbeam 

the sound performance of Flexbeam, 
which can assist the building acoustic 
engineers during building design. 
Flexbeam can also be supplied 
without the lighting element for 
applications where more sound 
absorption is needed in addition to 
the luminaires, affording a coherent 
overall solution.

COMFORTABLE, GLARE FREE 
LIGHTING
The optics within Flexbeam are 
common to both Flexline and 
Flexview and were developed 
within the FW Thorpe group in 
association with Luxintec. The high 
degree of glare control is ideal for 
commercial spaces where glare can 
cause discomfort. The patented 
optical system combined with a glare 
controlling reflector system provide 
high efficiency whilst still achieving 
superb glare control. 

SUSTAINABILITY
With sustainability and circular 
economy principles becoming 
increasingly important considerations 
for all manufactures, Flexbeam 
has not only been designed 
for performance but also to be 
environmentally friendly. The sound 
absorbing body is manufactured 
from 65% recycled PET (polyethylene 
terephthalate), with over 47 recycled 
plastic bottles used in every 
Flexbeam. The material is also 100% 
recyclable at the end of life. This 
is combined with a 100,000 hour 
life and the ability to service the 
luminaire throughout its life. 

By combining a long and reliable 
lifetime, serviceability, and 
recyclability at the end of life, 
Flexbeam is an ideal choice for 
sustainable lighting and acoustic 
solutions.

In 2021, Thorlux launched 
Flexbeam, a stylish suspended 
luminaire with acoustic 
attenuation designed to reduce 
sound reverberation and echo. 
By combining high performance 
low glare lighting with a 
luminaire body that absorbs 
sound, two important functions 
within a space can be combined 
into a single product – reducing 
cost and de-cluttering the 
ceiling. 

Flexbeam joins the Flex System 
family and shares the same high 
performance optics as used on the 
Flexline and Flexview luminaires 
launched in 2019.

With the trend continuing for 
commercial spaces to have open and 
exposed ceilings, providing the right 
acoustic performance can often be a 
challenge. Sound absorbing panels 
can be used – either suspended 
from the ceiling or fixed to the walls 
– in order for the space to meet 
recommended sound reverberation 
limits. The materials used are 
constructed in such a way that they 
absorb the sound and increase the 
rate of reverberation decay. The faster 
the sound decays, the lower the 
reverberation time – thus improving 
voice and audio clarity. 

SOUND PERFORMANCE
The Flexbeam body is manufactured 
from a special sound absorbing 
material. Thorlux worked with a 
leading acoustics provider and 
carried out independent acoustic 
testing at the sound research 
laboratories at the University of 
Salford in Manchester. These tests 
provided a full technical report on 

38

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   38
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   38

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:51:42
06/10/2021   11:51:42

Strategy in Action 
COVID-19 update 

With COVID-19 lockdown restrictions 
continuing into 2021, a wide range of 
enhanced protocols have remained 
in place at all FW Thorpe factory and 
office locations to ensure compliance 
with, and to exceed, government 
guidelines. Measures include infra-red 
temperature screening technology at 
the entrances to each site, designated 
sanitation stations, and changes to 
workspaces and shift patterns. FW 
Thorpe continues to support those 
staff working from home with the 
latest IT facilities and to digitise 
processes, reducing the need to 
transfer paper and to minimise 
contact on site. The company also 
reopened a mothballed 13,000 
square feet factory to enable both 
TRT and Thorlux to spread out and 
achieve compliance with the 2m 
social distancing guideline. It is 
expected that this additional resource 
will stay open until the end of the 
autumn period.

Shortly after Christmas, the TRT 
facility in Redditch experienced 
significant disruption due to a 
number of COVID-positive cases 
and was closed for two weeks as a 
result. In the face of national infection 
rates rising, the management team 
decided to research lateral flow test 
kits. We purchased a considerable 
number of tests in order to test all 
office based and factory employees 
on, typically, a weekly basis. We 
decided to control and manage 
testing ourselves to give complete 
flexibility about how, where and 
when to conduct tests.  

By April approximately 4,000 tests 
had been carried out, allowing 
us to maintain a safe operating 
environment as well as manage any 
infections detected. On numerous 

Stock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.uk

occasions we were able to detect 
positive cases and proactively isolate 
asymptomatic cases. This, together 
with compliance with working within 
pre-set zones (bubbles), wearing PPE, 
social distancing and washing hands, 
allowed us to keep the businesses 
fully functioning. That the Group 
businesses kept working is a credit 
to our employees for supporting and 
adhering to the measures. With the 
infection rate steadily falling at the 
end of April, the decision was made 
to reduce testing rates in some parts 
of the Group.

The lockdown and ongoing 
restrictions have had an impact 
on all of us within the Group. 
As a company, we prioritise the 
health, safety and welfare of all our 
employees. In March we introduced 
an Employee Assistance Programme 
(EAP) and priority GP online helplines. 
The EAP provides confidential access 
to licensed professional counsellors 
and work/life specialists who are 
available for short-term assistance. 
The service offers the support and 
resources needed to address any 
personal challenges and/or concerns 
that may affect personal well-being 
and/or work performance. The EAP 
is a company funded benefit.  

Temperature screening at Thorlux

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   39
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   39

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

It is confidential and free to all 
employees as well as their eligible 
family members.

With the recent easing of lockdown 
in the UK, we will continue to review 
our procedures and protocols and 
will adapt them accordingly over the 
coming weeks and months in line 
with government advice.

Lateral flow testing at Thorlux

39

06/10/2021   11:51:52
06/10/2021   11:51:52

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewFinancial Performance

“

The increase in Group 
profitability can be 
attributed in the main 
to the Thorlux and 
Netherlands businesses. 
The results have 
still been hampered 
with increased costs 
of lost working time 
and increased safety 
measures due to 
COVID-19.”

Craig Muncaster 
Joint Chief Executive, Group Financial 
Director and Company Secretary

Netherlands with a higher headline rate 
and the substantively enacted higher 
future UK tax rate. The effective tax 
rate for UK companies is lower than the 
current corporation tax rate due to patent 
box relief driven by the Group’s product 
innovations.

From a cash perspective, insurance 
proceeds of £3.4m were received during 
the year, £2.5m of this is earmarked 
for the rebuilding of the Lightronics 
manufacturing facility. An exceptional 
profit of £1.6m has been reflected 
following settlement of the claim.

In April 2021, the Company paid an 
interim dividend of 1.49p per share 
(2020: 1.46p) amounting to £1,736,000 
(2020: £1,698,000). A final dividend of 
4.31p (2020: 4.20p) per ordinary share and 
a special dividend of 2.20p (2020: nil) per 
ordinary share are proposed amounting 
to £5,028,000 (2020: £4,886,000) and 
£2,567,000 (2020: nil) respectively. 
If approved the dividends will be paid on 
25 November 2021. Total dividends paid 
during the year amounted to £6,631,000 
in aggregate (2020: £6,468,000). The 
final dividend for 2020 was paid on 
26 November 2020.

The events of the last year or so 
highlighted the Group’s financial strength 
and robust balance sheet. We actively 
decided to support our employees and 
not to access Government schemes 
whilst maintaining an increased dividend, 
this continued in 2020/21.

CASH AND LIQUIDITY 
MANAGEMENT
The Group’s cash is managed in 
accordance with the treasury policy. Cash 
is managed centrally on a daily basis to 
ensure that the Group has sufficient funds 
available to meet its needs and invests the 
remainder. The majority of cash is placed 
with approved counterparties either 
on overnight deposit or time deposit. 
There are a series of time deposits that 
are maturing on a rolling cycle in order 
to meet regular business payments, with 
a margin for larger regular and one-off 
payments as well as seasonal variation in 
cash requirements.

The Group primarily trades in sterling. 
There is an exposure to foreign currency 
as the Group buys and sells in foreign 

The directors have pleasure in 
submitting their annual report 
and the audited consolidated 
financial statements of the Group 
and the Company for the year 
ended 30 June 2021.

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
Revenue increased by 4.0% to £117.9m 
with operating profit (before exceptional 
item) increased by 17.7% to £19.2m, 
reversing the decline of last year and 
moving Group profitability forward.

The increase in Group profitability can be 
attributed in the main to the Thorlux and 
Netherlands businesses. The remaining 
UK companies all posted positive 
contributions but the overall results for 
the other companies were dampened by 
the results from our overseas sales offices 
in the UAE and Australia.

The last quarter of 2020 was severely 
impacted by COVID-19 dampening 
last year’s results, whilst this was not 
the case in 2021 the results have still 
been hampered with increased costs 
of lost working time, increased safety 
measures including lateral flow testing 
of employees and increased cleaning 
regimes.

The operating results were further 
suppressed by the provision of an 
additional £1.5m (2020: £2.0m) to 
finalise the pay-outs on the Lightronics 
and Famostar earn-outs due to the 
continuing success of both businesses. 
These payments have been made during 
September 2021.

Net finance expense increased this year 
to £0.7m (2020: £0.4m). The net income 
has reduced from previous years due 
to the accounting treatment of the 
Lightronics and Famostar acquisitions 
and continued low interest rates on our 
cash deposits.

The taxation charge represents an 
effective rate of 21.5% (2020: 16.5%). 
The rate is higher than the previous year 
driven by increased profits from the 

40

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   40
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   40

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:51:54
06/10/2021   11:51:54

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Group Total Revenue (£m) 
Excluding Intercompany

+4.0%

2021

117.9

2020

2019

2018

2017

113.3

110.6

109.6

105.4

Group PBT (£m) 
Profit before tax

+26.3%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

20.1*

15.9

19.6**

19.6

18.4

*   2021 includes exceptional item in  
respect of Lightronics fire £1.6m

**  2019 includes profit on the disposal  

of property of £1.9m

£137.0m

Net Assets

(2020: £128.3m)

currencies and maintains currency bank 
accounts in US dollars, Australian dollars, 
UAE dirhams and euros. The activities of 
buying and selling in foreign currency are 
broadly matched with currencies bought 
and sold as required in order to minimise 
currency exposures. Larger exposures 
would be hedged in order to reduce the 
risk of adverse exchange rate movement. 
There were no currency hedging 
derivatives in place at 30 June 2021 or 
30 June 2020.

PENSION SCHEME POSITION 
AND FUNDING
The latest triennial actuarial valuation 
was completed as at 30 June 2018. This 
valuation showed that the pension 
scheme position remains in surplus 
and a funding level for the future has 
been agreed between the trustees of 
the scheme and the directors of the 
Company. The directors consider it 
unlikely that any changes to the present 
funding levels will have any significant 
effect on the strength of the Company’s 
statement of financial position.

GROUP RESEARCH AND 
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
The Group is committed to research 
and development activities in order 
to maintain its market share in the 
sectors and territories we operate. 
These activities encompass constant 
development of both new and existing 
products to ensure that a leading position 
in the lighting market is maintained.

During the year the Group spent 
£1,516,000 (2020: £1,322,000) on 
capitalised development costs, which 
includes internal labour.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND 
EQUIPMENT
The directors are of the opinion that 
the market value of the freehold land 
and buildings is in excess of their net 
book value. While it is considered that 
the market value is significantly greater 
than the net book value for many of the 
Group’s properties as a result of being 
acquired between one and over 20 
years ago, management considers that 
undertaking formal valuation exercises 
would be costly for limited value and 
consequently no formal exercise has 
been undertaken.

Investment this year was significantly 
reduced compared to previous 
years. The main capital expenditure 
focused on the underpinning of our 
sustainability credentials with a £0.2m 
investment in solar panels for certain 
UK manufacturing facilities.

CREDITOR PAYMENT POLICY
The Group’s policy concerning the 
payment of its trade creditors is to accept 
and follow the normal terms of payment 
among suppliers to the lighting industry. 
Payments are made when they fall due, 
which is usually on the day after the 
end of the calendar month following 
the month in which delivery of goods 
or services is made. Where reasonable 
settlement discount terms are offered 
for early payment, these terms are 
usually taken up. The number of days 
represented by the Company’s year end 
trade payables is 43 (2020: 44). The Group 
continues to report on payment practices 
and performance as per UK legislation.

INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROL
During the year, a member of the 
Group finance department has visited 
all operating sites to assess their 
compliance with a selection of key 
control procedures and any non-
compliance reported to the Group 
Board. Any areas of non-compliance 
noted as part of this process have been 
addressed.

In addition, the executive directors 
regularly visit all operating sites and 
review with local management financial 
and commercial issues affecting the 
Group’s operations. Regular financial 
reporting includes rolling forecasts and 
monthly financial reports comparing 
performance against plan as well 
as the previous year. These reports 
are reviewed locally with a Group 
representative and monitored by the 
Group Board. Accordingly, the directors 
do not consider that an internal audit 
department is required.

Craig Muncaster 
Joint Chief Executive, Group Financial 
Director and Company Secretary

5 October 2021

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   41
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   41

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

41

06/10/2021   11:51:56
06/10/2021   11:51:56

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties

RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS 
The Board is responsible for the identification and effective management of risks posed to the 
Group. Due to the impact certain risks could pose, the Board regularly reviews the likelihood of risks 
occurring and the potential impact they could have on the business. Detailed below is a list of the 
principal risks facing the business, and the corresponding actions the Board is currently taking in 
order to manage them.

The Board
Strategic risk assessment at Executive level

Principal Risks

Strategic

Operational

Financial

Group Companies
Risk assessment at an individual company level

Type  
of risk

Description  
of risk

Mitigation of risk

Possible 
impact on 
performance

Strategic 
priorities 
impacted 
upon

Change 
in period

•  Broad range of customers in 

High

differing sectors

•  High quality, technically 
advanced products to 
differentiate the Group from 
competitors 

•  Actively seek to identify new 
opportunities to ensure we 
maximise our potential of 
winning new business

Medium

•  Continue to seek to diversify 
our customer portfolio to 
ensure we have an appropriate 
spread, mitigating the risk of 
any industry or specific sector 
spending issues

•  Develop sales in new markets

Deferred or 
reduced capital 
investment 
plans in market 
sectors, which 
our products are 
supplied into and 
are key sources of 
revenue for the 
Group

Impact of 
COVID-19 on 
domestic and 
global economies

Reduction in 
public sector 
expenditure and 
changing policy 
increases risk to 
our order book

Increased 
complexity of 
access to EU 
markets

1

2

4

2

4

Area of risk

A

Adverse  
economic 
conditions

Strategic

B

Changes in 
government 
legislation or 
policy

Strategic

42

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   42
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   42

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:51:59
06/10/2021   11:51:59

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Type  
of risk

Description  
of risk

Mitigation of risk

Area of risk

C

Competitive 
environment

Strategic

Existing 
competitors, 
powerful new 
entrants and 
continued 
evolution of 
technologies 
in the lighting 
industry eroding 
our revenue and 
profitability

D

Price changes Operational

Erosion of 
revenue and 
profitability

E

Business 
continuity

Operational

The majority 
of the Group’s 
revenues are 
from products 
manufactured 
in the Redditch 
facility

F

Credit 
risk

Financial

The Group offers 
credit terms 
which carry risk 
of slow payment 
and default

G

Movements 
in currency 
exchange

Financial

The Group is 
exposed to 
transaction 
and translation 
risks. With some 
natural hedging 
in EUR this risk 
is primarily with 
changes in the 
GBP:USD rates

Strategic 
priorities 
impacted 
upon

Change 
in period

1

2

3

4

1

2

2

3

2

2

Possible 
impact on 
performance

Medium

Medium

•  Offering innovative products 
and service solutions that are 
technologically advanced 
products to enable us to 
differentiate ourselves from 
our competitors

• 

• 

Investing in research and 
development activities to 
produce new and  
evolving product ranges

Investing in new production 
equipment to ensure we can 
keep costs low and maintain 
barriers to new market entrants

•  Management reviews prices, 
at least annually, to take into 
account fluctuations in costs, 
in order to minimise the risk of 
reduction in gross margin, or 
the loss of market share from a 
lack of competitiveness

•  High level of importance 

High

attached to environmental 
management systems, health 
and safety and preventative 
maintenance

Insurance cover is maintained 
to provide financial protection 
where appropriate

Increased production flexibility 
with the ability to build 
products in more than  
one manufacturing facility

• 

• 

•  Credit policy includes an 

Low

• 

• 

assessment of the bad debt risk 
and management of higher risk 
customers

The Group maintains a 
credit insurance policy for a 
significant proportion of its 
debtors

The Group has increased 
its sourcing of materials to 
maintain a natural hedge to 
offset its currency risk from 
EUR receivables, whilst at the 
same time buying EUR and 
USD when the exchange rate 
is favourable, compared to our 
operational rates, to minimise 
the risk

Low

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   43
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   43

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

43

06/10/2021   11:52:00
06/10/2021   11:52:00

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Area of risk

Type  
of risk

Description  
of risk

Mitigation of risk

Possible 
impact on 
performance

Strategic 
priorities 
impacted 
upon

Change 
in period

H

Cyber  
security

Operational

I

Exit from the 
European 
Union

Strategic

A breach of IT 
security could 
result in the 
inability to 
operate systems 
effectively and 
efficiently or 
the release of 
inappropriate 
information

Increased 
complexity 
of access to 
EU markets, 
customers 
in certain EU 
territories 
actively moving 
business from UK 
companies

J

Global 
pandemic – 
COVID-19

Operational

Potential 
disruption to 
operations from 
further outbreak 
of COVID-19

1

3

4

2

4

2

3

•  Continual review and 

Medium

monitoring of potential risks

•  Computers encrypted where 
necessary to protect data

•  Cyber security awareness 
training for employees 
ongoing

•  With the Group having a 

Medium

manufacturing presence in two 
EU countries, the Netherlands 
and Spain, this leaves us ideally 
placed to react to any negative 
trade barriers that may be 
imposed on the UK

•  Continue to develop closer 

working relationship with 
these entities, sharing 
product development, market 
knowledge and operational 
expertise to ensure we have 
the flexibility to adapt to any 
changes in the future

•  Creation of legal entity in 

Republic of Ireland to route 
all EU business in the future to 
ease the process of customers 
trading with us

Risk assessments, preventative 
measures including lateral 
flow testing when required, 
temperature screening, 
distancing and hygiene 
measures in place

 Additional component stock 
held at some companies to 
mitigate any supply chain 
disruption

Potential to utilise 
manufacturing facilities at 
other Group companies

• 

• 

• 

High

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES KEY

RISKS KEY

Focus on high quality products and good leadership in technology

Increase in risk

Continue to grow the customer base for Group companies

Focus on manufacturing excellence

Continue to develop high quality people

No change in risk

Decrease in risk

1

2

3

4

44

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   44
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   44

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:52:02
06/10/2021   11:52:02

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Prince Henry’s High School, Evesham

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   45
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   45

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

45

06/10/2021   11:52:11
06/10/2021   11:52:11

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness Overviews172 statement

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
The Group has the responsibility for managing the challenges that affect the business on a daily basis; 
this also includes our impact on our key stakeholders. Our ability to engage and work constructively 
with these stakeholders underpins the long-term success and sustainability of the Group.

The directors are aware of their duty under Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 to act in the way they consider, in 
good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and 
in doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to:
•  The likely consequence of any decision in the long term
•  The interest of the Company’s employees
•  The need to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others
•  The impact of the Company’s operations on the community and the environment
•  The desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct
•  The need to act fairly between members of the Company. 

The Board considers its key stakeholders to be its employees, customers, shareholders, suppliers and the communities 
and environment we operate within.

Key stakeholders and how we engage with them:

Stakeholder group

Why we engage

How we engage

Employees

The right people, capabilities and 
engagement across the Group is the platform 
to drive our long-term success 

•  Employee committees
•  Health & safety committees
•  Employee appraisals, training and 

Customers

Understanding the needs of our customer is 
fundamental. We aim to deliver the correct 
technical solution, professional service, 
sustainability of products/services and 
support the customer during a product’s 
warrantable life and beyond

development

•  Communication via web portal, notices 

and company newsletter

•  Group board meetings held periodically 

at different company sites

•  Meetings/maintaining close relationships 

via regional sales or business 
development teams

•  Providing Continuing Professional 

Development seminars and education 
opportunities
•  Company websites
•  Customer specific events, including trade 

shows

•  Order execution – from lighting design, 
through to delivery, installation and 
commissioning

46

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   46
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   46

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:52:11
06/10/2021   11:52:11

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Stakeholder group

Why we engage

How we engage

Shareholders

Trust from our shareholders is key to 
delivering our strategy and long-term 
success. We endeavour to provide fair, 
balanced and meaningful information to 
shareholders and potential investors to 
ensure they understand our performance 
and strategy

Suppliers

We need to maintain reliable relationships 
with suppliers for mutual benefit and ensure 
they are meeting our standards, from value 
for money, quality, through to business ethics

Communities & 
Environment

The Group is committed to be a responsible 
member of the community and considers the 
environmental impacts of the customer’s use 
of our products as well as our own operations

•  Trading updates at appropriate times
•  Regulatory News Service
• 

Investor meetings and presentations, 
including company visits
•  Dedicated Group website
•  Annual and Interim reports
•  Annual General Meetings

•  Meetings and negotiations with key 

suppliers
•  Site visits
•  Quality management reviews and audits
•  Attending supplier forums and 

trade shows

•  Support local and national charities
•  Engagement with local MPs and 

Chambers of Commerce

•  Members of appropriate trade and 

industry bodies

•  Carbon offset scheme in place since 2009, 
accredited under the Woodland Carbon 
Code

•  Recent investment in solar panels in the 

UK and Netherlands facilities

•  Products and systems support energy 
saving and carbon reduction – London 
Stock Exchange Green Economy mark 
in 2020

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   47
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   47

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

47

06/10/2021   11:52:12
06/10/2021   11:52:12

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewSustainability 
The journey so far and the UN 
Sustainable Development Goals

INTRODUCTION TO SUSTAINABILITY AT FW THORPE

The Group is committed to addressing today’s 
sustainability challenges and opportunities, 
adjusting its business strategy accordingly. 
Understanding the needs of customers, key 
stakeholders and the expectations they have is 
central to ensuring that the Group prioritises the 
most critical issues and operates a responsible 
and sustainable business.  

Sustainability has been at the core of FW Thorpe for many years. 
Products are designed for longevity using recyclable materials, 
and the Group’s direct carbon impact has been measured for 
over a decade, with emissions offset using its own independently 
certified tree planting scheme since 2009. Thorlux Smart 
technology has been saving energy for customers as well as 
reducing their carbon impact since 2003. 

FW Thorpe now holds the Green Economy Mark, which identifies 
companies and funds listed on the London Stock Exchange that 
generate between 50 and 100% of total annual revenues from 
products and services that contribute to the global green economy.

Y
T
R
E
V
O
P
O
N

R
E
G
N
U
H

O
R
E
Z

G
N
I
E
B
-
L
L
E
W
D
N
A
H
T
L
A
E
H
D
O
O
G

Y
T
I
L
A
U
Q
E
R
E
D
N
E
G

N
O
I
T
A
C
U
D
E
Y
T
I
L
A
U
Q

N
O
I
T
A
S
I
T
I

N
A
S
D
N
A

R
E
T
A
W
N
A
E
L
C

Y
G
R
E
N
E
N
A
E
L
C
D
N
A
E
L
B
A
D
R
O
F
F
A

S
E
I
T
I
L
A
U
Q
E
N

I

D
E
C
U
D
E
R

E
R
U
T
C
U
R
T
S
A
R
F
N

I

D
N
A
N
O
I
T
A
V
O
N
N

I
,

Y
R
T
S
U
D
N

I

I

H
T
W
O
R
G
C
M
O
N
O
C
E
D
N
A
K
R
O
W
T
N
E
C
E
D

N
O
I
T
C
U
D
O
R
P

D
N
A
N
O
I
T
P
M
U
S
N
O
C
E
L
B

I
S
N
O
P
S
E
R

S
E
I
T
I
N
U
M
M
O
C
D
N
A
S
E
I
T
I

C
E
L
B
A
N
A
T
S
U
S

I

N
O
I
T
C
A
E
T
A
M
I
L
C

D
N
A
L
N
O
E
F
I
L

R
E
T
A
W
W
O
L
E
B
E
F
I
L

S
N
O
I
T
U
T
I
T
S
N

I

G
N
O
R
T
S
D
N
A

E
C

I
T
S
U
J

,

E
C
A
E
P

S
L
A
O
G
E
H
T
R
O
F
S
P

I

H
S
R
E
N
T
R
A
P

The journey so far: the Group’s progress 
so far and plans for the future
Over the last two decades, FW Thorpe has sought to 
address its carbon impact, by working towards carbon 
neutrality for its manufacturing and distribution 
operations. This has led to a major employee engagement 
programme on energy efficiency of its operations, as 
well as significant recent investments in renewable 
energy generation with the addition of roof-top solar 

photovoltaic (PV) panels to the Group’s manufacturing 
facilities. This investment in solar PV panels will enable the 
Group to generate 40 to 50% of its own electricity usage 
when the project is completed.

Since 2009, FW Thorpe has been planting trees on its own 
land in Wales to offset Group emissions each year. To date 
149,849 trees have been planted, offsetting 32,000 tonnes 
of CO₂. A further 30,000 trees will be planted by the 
end of 2023. The Board is now working to certify Group 

48

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   48
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   48

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:52:19
06/10/2021   11:52:19

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
operations as carbon neutral with an 
established third party, to recognise 
the immense activity and investment 
in decarbonisation.

The Group plans to further reduce 
waste and apply the principles of a 
circular economy across all businesses 
and supply chains. Designing more 
products that can last even longer 
and can be refurbished, repurposed 
and recycled, helps to reduce 
pressure on the world’s resources. 
The target is to develop a net-zero 
plan in 2022, setting science-
based targets to reduce carbon 
emissions not only in the Group’s 
own operations but also in both its 
upstream and downstream activities 
in step with society’s progress in 
achieving the goal of the UN Paris 
Agreement on climate change.

The Group’s sustainability 
framework – aligning 
with the UN Sustainable 
Development Goals
The 17 Sustainable Development 
Goals (SDGs) were launched in 
2015 by the UN, aiming to end 
poverty and create a life of dignity 
and opportunity for all, within 
the boundaries of the planet. The 
SDGs define global sustainable 
development priorities and 
aspirations for 2030 and seek to 
mobilise global efforts among 
governments, business and civil 
society around a common set 
of targets. 

FW Thorpe activities align most 
closely with five UN SDGs, covering 
the themes of good health and 
well-being, affordable clean energy, 
decent work and economic growth, 
responsible consumption and 
production, and climate action. 

Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being 
for all at all ages
• 

The Group is committed to developing a safe and healthy 
working environment, consistent with the Health and 
Safety at Work Act. With one of the key competitive 
advantages of the Group being its people and that 
it operates multiple manufacturing sites, a safe and 
healthy working environment is key to the operation 
of the business. Thorlux was awarded ISO 45001:2018 
(occupational health and safety management systems ) 
certification in 2019, with Portland, TRT and Lightronics 
achieving it in 2021, and all UK Group companies targeted 
to achieve this standard in the near future.
The Group is committed to designing products that 
improve the working environment. For example, the 
Flex System offers comfortable low glare lighting with a 
choice of three optics to match the light distribution and 
luminaire brightness to the needs and users of the space.
Thorlux has developed a product – SmartScan – that 
monitors the temperature, humidity and CO₂ levels 
of individual rooms, and presents the data to users. 
SmartScan technology, through the provision of 
advanced air quality information, allows the Group to 
have a positive impact on people’s health and safety.
The mental health and well-being of employees is high 
on the agenda for the board. The Group offers a fully 
funded Employee Assistance Programme (EAP) and 24/7 
GP video helpline that make available the support and 
resources needed to address any personal challenges 
and/or concerns that may affect well-being and/or work 
performance. The EAP is confidential and free to all 
employees as well as their eligible family members.

See page 52 for more information on our safe and healthy 
working environment

Ensure access to affordable, reliable, 
sustainable and modern energy for all
• 

For many years, the Group has focused on, and leads 
the way in, developing products with greater energy 
efficiency, which has a direct impact on reducing 
electricity usage and prolonging the lifetime of luminaires. 
SmartScan technology can monitor and report on energy 
usage and provide energy saving tools. For example, lights 
can be dimmed automatically in response to the ingress of 
daylight and/or absence of people in an area. 
The Group has now installed solar PV units on the roofs 
of most of its UK manufacturing facilities, as well as at 
Lightronics in the Netherlands. Further investment will be 
made in both the UK and Netherlands facilities to reduce 
consumption from traditional electricity sources. Any 
remaining consumption will be delivered from renewal 
sources from 2022 onwards. Over their operational 
lifetimes, the installations are expected to deliver a total 
CO₂ reduction of 6,113 tonnes and financial savings of 
over £2,600,000.
The Group is actively switching company vehicles to 
electric or hybrid technology.

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

See page 51 to read more about our energy saving products

Stock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.uk

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   49
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   49

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

49

06/10/2021   11:52:21
06/10/2021   11:52:21

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewSustainability 
The journey so far and the UN 
Sustainable Development Goals continued

• 

Promote sustained, inclusive 
and sustainable economic 
growth, full and productive 
employment and decent work 
for all 
•  As one of four strategic priorities, the 
Group is dedicated to continuing to 
develop high quality people, focusing 
on training and development, 
apprenticeship schemes and 
management training. Not only 
do these initiatives build careers 
and have a positive impact on 
employment, but this strategic pillar 
helps to develop the Group’s key 
competitive advantage and increase 
commercial viability.
The policies in place for non-
discrimination within the workplace 
and hiring allow the Group to focus 
on inclusion as well as developing 
its people. 
The Group’s Modern Slavery 
Act disclosure is published 
on the corporate website 
(www.fwthorpe.co.uk) in the 
company documents section.
Thorlux has recently introduced 
formal flexibility policies to improve 
employees’ work/life balance.
Throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, 
the Group paid employees in full.
The Group pays employees above 
minimum wage rates as well as an 
additional annual profit share bonus 
for all those who meet eligibility 
criteria.

• 

• 

• 

• 

See page 52 to read more about 
employee training and development  
and our policies

Ensure sustainable 
consumption and 
production patterns
• 

The Group’s in-house team are 
constantly working on product designs 
to reduce the volume of materials 
used and are committed to increasing 
the use of renewable and recycled 
materials in new products. Recently, 
Thorlux introduced Flexbeam, which 
utilises recycled plastic bottles for 
major parts of its construction. Also, 
both the Visio and Flexbar products 
have been designed to reduce 
material content.
The Group has a policy of socially 
responsible purchasing of raw 
materials from ethical sources. All 
materials used in manufacture comply 
with the directive on Restriction of 
Hazardous Substances in Electrical 
and Electronic Equipment (RoHS). The 
recycled content of all raw materials 
is being established and increased 
wherever possible. 
The Group’s products have always 
been engineered to last. All luminaires 
are tested to ensure they can 
withstand the harshest climatic and 
environmental conditions – water, 
dust, impacts, vibrations, heat, wind – 
with the longest possible lifetimes. 

• 

• 

•  An increasing number of Group 
company luminaires have gear 
trays that can be simply upgraded 
or replaced whilst maintaining the 
existing body and diffuser. TRT 
recently upgraded a previous tunnel 
project in the UK by replacing the 
light engines, giving the installation a 
further 10 years of design life.
Thorlux has moved from paper to 
digital installation guides, saving over 
1.3 million sheets of paper per annum.

• 

•  Portland saved the use of 76,200m 
of traditional plastic bubble wrap 
packaging replacing with cardboard 
wrap which is 100% recycled.

See page 38 for more information about 
our low carbon material focus and 
recycling efforts

50

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   50
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   50

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:52:22
06/10/2021   11:52:22

OUR SUSTAINABILITY FOCUS AREAS:
The link between the Group’s sustainability journey and 
its strategic priorities related to its products, operations, 
business model and people is vital to the long-term 
success of the business. 
At this stage of the evolution of its sustainability strategy, the 
Group will consider the topics below as part of the evaluation 
of its material impacts on the environment and society. 
The Group will endeavour to set realistic targets and 
measure its progress in the future.

Products (Design & Innovation) 
New products
•  Design principles – 

circularity focus, recycled/
renewable content

•  Life times – e.g. 100,000 

hours operation
•  Energy efficiency
•  Smart technology
•  Health & Well being – 

Flexview

•  Minimum certification 

against circularity standard

Sourcing
•  Electronic components
•  Plastics
•  Metals
•  Wiring
•  Packaging

Supply chain
•  Determine sourcing criteria 

with key suppliers

Operations (Manufacturing Excellence)
“Responsible production”
Energy usage
•  Own solar generation
•  Source from renewables
•  Continue carbon offset 

programme 

Waste
•  Reduce waste to landfill

Distribution
•  Hybrids/EV, shipping routes
•  Packaging – type, return/

reuse

•  Goods in – shipping routes, 

air freight, packaging

External activities
•  Sales & engineering fleet – 

Hybrids/EV/hydrogen
•  Consider travel policy – 

trains, air travel

•  Ability for certain staff to 
work at home – reduced 
travel

•  EV charging at work using 
solar energy suppliers

Business Model (Grow our customer base)
•  New products supporting 

•  Refurbishment/reuse 

green economy

•  Existing products that 

support the green economy 
– e.g. Smart, SmartScan

business – replacement 
light engines, upgraded 
controls

•  Alternative financing 
models for customer 
projects

People (Develop High Quality People)
•  Health & safety measures  

– ISO 45001

•  Training and development
•  Employment of young 

people – continued support 
of apprenticeship scheme

•  Diversity, gender pay
•  Responsible wage/salary 

rates

•  Flexible working

Take urgent action to 
combat climate change and 
its impacts
• 

Through individual products 
and the development of 
SmartScan technology, the 
Group is actively addressing 
risks and opportunities due to 
climate change and thus having 
a positive impact on energy 
efficiency.
Thorlux is collaborating with 
WMG Business, through an 
Innovate UK Knowledge Transfer 
Partnership, to further ensure 
that the principles of circular 
innovation and sustainability 
are embedded at the heart of its 
business. WMG is an academic 
department at the University 
of Warwick and is the leading 
international role model 
for successful collaboration 
between academia and the 
public and private sectors, 
driving innovation in applied 
science, technology and 
engineering.
The Group is also focusing 
on reducing emissions 
within its manufacturing. A 
carbon-offsetting scheme 
was established in 2009, with 
approximately 8,000 trees a year 
planted to offset the Group’s 
direct emissions.
The Group considers the 
source of raw materials when 
designing new products. A 
recent new product, Flexbeam, 
is manufactured utilising 47 
recycled plastic bottles in each 
acoustic attenuation panel.

• 

• 

• 

•  A focus on responsible 

manufacturing and design, to 
reduce environmental impacts, 
is key in the Group’s efforts to 
help combat climate change.

See page 52 for our emissions 
reporting, and page 53 for how we 
are making a meaningful difference

Stock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.uk

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   51
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   51

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

51

06/10/2021   11:52:24
06/10/2021   11:52:24

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewSustainability CONTINUED 

ENVIRONMENT
Greenhouse gas emissions
The table below shows the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions for the year 
ended 30 June 2021.

Scope 1: Direct emissions from own operations
Scope 2: Indirect emissions from purchased energy  
(mainly electricity)
Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions
Intensity metric: tonnes of CO2  
per £1m of sales

2021
1,628

553
2,181

2020
1,821

989
2,810

18.50

24.79

The methodology used to calculate our emissions uses current government 
published conversion factors.

The Group is committed to minimising the environmental impact of both 
its manufacturing processes and its products. However, even with the 
most responsible approach some carbon dioxide (CO2) will be released into 
the atmosphere as an indirect result of factory and selling activities and 
customers’ use of luminaires. 

In 2009 an ambitious carbon-offsetting scheme was launched to help 
compensate for these emissions. The scheme is now accredited under the 
Woodland Carbon Code and now has 149,849 trees planted. The Group 
requires around 8,000 plantings per annum to offset the CO2 produced by our 
operations.

Global Energy Use
The table below shows the Group’s energy use for the year.

2021
Electricity
Gas
Total 

2020
Electricity
Gas
Total 

UK 
GWh
2.450
4.558
7.008

UK 
GWh
2.884
5.041
7.925

Rest of 
World 
GWh
0.385
0.037
0.422

Rest of 
World 
GWh
0.458
0.034
0.492

Total 
GWh
2.835
4.595
7.430

Total 
GWh
3.342
5.075
8.417

EMPLOYEE POLICIES
Employees are kept informed of matters of concern to them as employees by 
publication and distribution of a company newsletter and other notices, or by 
specially convened meetings.

Committees representing the different groups of employees meet regularly to 
ensure the views of employees are taken into account in making decisions that 
are likely to affect their interests.

The involvement of employees in the Group’s performance is encouraged by 
various incentive schemes including a profit related bonus scheme.

Information on the financial and 
economic factors affecting the 
performance of the Group is made 
available twice yearly at the time of 
publication of the interim and annual 
statements to shareholders.

The Group is committed to 
developing a safe and healthy 
working environment for all 
employees consistent with the 
requirements of the Health and 
Safety at Work Act. Within the 
constraints of health and safety, 
disabled people are given full and 
fair consideration for job vacancies. 
Depending on their skills and 
abilities, disabled people enjoy the 
same career prospects as other 
employees, and if employees become 
disabled every effort is made to 
ensure their continued employment, 
with appropriate training where 
necessary.

Policies for recruiting employees 
are designed to ensure equal 
opportunities irrespective of colour, 
ethnic or national origin, nationality, 
sex or marital status.

CHARITABLE GIFTS
During the year the Group gave 
£22,992 (2020: £24,349) for charitable 
purposes. This is made up of 
donations to UK charities for cancer 
care of £2,500, healthcare of £2,553, 
educational schemes of £1,995, 
Oxfam £885 and local causes of 
£15,059.

MODERN SLAVERY
Our Modern Slavery Act disclosure 
is published on our corporate 
website (www.fwthorpe.co.uk) in the 
company documents section.

The Green Economy 
Mark (above) identifies 
London-listed 
companies and funds 
that generate between 
50% and 100% of total 
annual revenues from 
products and services 
that contribute to the 
global green economy.

52

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   52
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   52

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:52:28
06/10/2021   11:52:28

 
FW THORPE, MAKING A MEANINGFUL DIFFERENCE: OUR CONTRIBUTIONS IN 2021

Economic – we generate value

Contribution to UK 
economy

£19.2m

Tax paid, collected
(2020: £18.0m)

We are investing 
in the future

£1.5m

We support the national 
wage bills

£33.8m 

Capitalised R&D expenditure
(2020: £1.3m)

(2020: £32.7m)

£22,992

Charitable donations
(2020: £24,349)

23

Number of charities
(2020: 31)

Community

11

Patents

10

Granted

1 

Pending

Innovation

696

People employed
(2020: 688)

17

Apprentice employment
(2020: 16)

Employee  
engagement

Environment

149,849

Total trees  
planted
(2020: 149,849)

790,030

kWh of electricity per annum 
from solar panels
(2020: 321,236)

2,181 tonnes

CO2 offset per annum  

(2020: 2,810)

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   53
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   53

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

53

06/10/2021   11:52:45
06/10/2021   11:52:45

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewCase Study 
SmartScan  
Radar

A further innovative feature 
has been added to the highly 
successful Thorlux SmartScan 
lighting management system. 

SmartScan Radar uses the latest 
high frequency sensor technology, 
which is mounted integrally to the 
luminaire, negating the need to 
have the sensor visible from the 
outside. This is ideal for applications 
where the luminaire aesthetics are 
particularly important or where 
the impact rating of the luminaire 
is critical. SmartScan Radar uses a 
24GHz high frequency sensor to 
detect movement, ensuring fewer 
detection errors than traditional 5GHz 
‘microwave’ solutions. SmartScan 
Radar even has the ability to provide 
daylight linked energy savings by 
turning the luminaire off when 
sufficient daylight is present, despite 
the sensor being inside the luminaire.

FEATURES AND BENEFITS
•  Radar presence detectors 

are integral to the luminaire, 
providing improved vandal 
resistance and aesthetics.
•  Unique 24GHz sensor has 

increased sensitivity to small 
movements whilst being 
less prone to false detection 
than traditional ‘microwave’ 
technology.

•  Light levels, detection range 
(sensitivity), time delays 
and security levels are fully 
programmable via the SmartScan 
Programmer.

•  New advanced SmartScan 

technology allows photocell 
control with the LED lamp on 
or off.

•  Full status monitoring is 

available via the SmartScan 
website.

•  Automatic testing and record 

keeping of emergency 
luminaires is available via the 
SmartScan website.

54

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   54
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   54

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:52:50
06/10/2021   11:52:50

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   55
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   55

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

55

06/10/2021   11:53:10
06/10/2021   11:53:10

Our GovernanceOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukStrategic ReportBusiness OverviewCONTENTS

Board of Directors 
Directors’ Report
Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Independent Auditors’ Report to 
the Members of FW Thorpe Plc

58
60

66
67

71

56

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   56
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   56

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:53:12
06/10/2021   11:53:12

Governance 
Report

Stock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.uk

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   57
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   57

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

Aston University

57
57

06/10/2021   11:53:13
06/10/2021   11:53:13

Strategic ReportOur FinancialsBusiness OverviewOur GovernanceBoard of directors

COMMITTEE KEY

R

Remuneration Committee

TENURE

1

1

2021

6

 <5 years 
 <10 years 
 >10 years

MIKE ALLCOCK
Chairman, Joint Group 
Chief Executive 

CRAIG MUNCASTER
Joint Group Chief 
Executive, Group Financial 
Director and Company 
Secretary

JAMES THORPE
Business Development 
Director, Thorlux  
Lighting 

DAVID TAYLOR
Managing Director,  
Philip Payne 

Appointment/Background: 

Appointment/Background: 

Appointment/Background: 

Appointment/Background: 

After graduating in Business 
Administration, Craig qualified 
as a Chartered Management 
Accountant in 2000. He has 
spent time in the manufacturing 
and engineering sectors, 
previously as UK Financial 
Director for Durr, which included 
a number of overseas ventures 
and projects for the wider 
Group. He joined FW Thorpe 
in 2010 and was appointed 
Joint Group Chief Executive in 
July 2017.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

Financial Management, 
Commercial/Legal Risk, 
Investor Relations, Mergers 
& Acquisitions, Company 
Secretarial

James graduated from Swansea 
University with a BSc in 2000. 
He spent 13 years in the IT 
industry, involved in a variety 
of public and private sector 
contracts before joining FW 
Thorpe in 2013. During his 
time as Business Development 
Manager at Thorlux, he has 
been responsible for securing a 
number of high profile projects 
which have contributed to the 
growth of revenue derived 
from the healthcare sector. 
James is the great grandson 
of the Company founder and 
was appointed as a director in 
July 2017.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

Sales & Marketing, Business 
Development, Digital Marketing

David joined FW Thorpe in 
1978 and on completion of a 
commercial apprenticeship 
leading to an HNC in Business 
Studies he worked in various 
roles at Thorlux Lighting and 
elsewhere within the Group. 
In 1996, he became Managing 
Director of Philip Payne Limited.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

Manufacturing, Business 
Management, Financial 
Management, Industry 
Knowledge

Mike joined FW Thorpe Plc in 
1984 as an apprentice working 
his way to Technical Director 
for Thorlux Lighting in 1998, 
taking responsibility for the 
Company’s design programme. 
He was appointed Group 
Technical Director in 2001 and 
became Managing Director of 
Thorlux Lighting in 2003. Mike is 
a Chartered Electrical Engineer 
and a Fellow of the Institution of 
Engineering and Technology. He 
is passionate about developing 
innovative, high technology, 
market leading products. He 
became Joint Group Chief 
Executive of FW Thorpe in 2010 
and Chairman in July 2017.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

Lighting & Controls Technology, 
Product Design/Management, 
Industry Knowledge, Marketing, 
Strategy

58

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   58
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   58

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:53:19
06/10/2021   11:53:19

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021 
 
TENURE

1

1

2021

6

 <5 years 

 <10 years 

 >10 years

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Central Business Exchange  
Midsummer Boulevard 
Central Milton Keynes 
MK9 2DF

BANKERS
Lloyds 
Church Green East 
Redditch 
Worcestershire 
B98 8BZ

SOLICITORS
Keystone Law 
48 Chancery Lane 
London  
WC2A 1JF

Pinsent Masons LLP 
19 Cornwall Street 
Birmingham  
B3 2FF

NOMINATED ADVISER
N+1 Singer 
12 Smithfield Street 
London 
EC1A 9BD

REGISTRARS
Equiniti 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
BN99 6DA

REGISTERED OFFICE
Merse Road 
North Moons Moat 
Redditch 
Worcestershire 
B98 9HH

REGISTERED NO
FW Thorpe Plc is registered in 
England and Wales No. 317886

ANDREW THORPE
Non-Executive Director 

PETER MASON 
Non-Executive Director 

IAN THORPE 
Non-Executive Director 

TONY COOPER
Non-Executive Director 

Appointment/Background: 

Appointment/Background: 

Appointment/Background: 

Appointment/Background: 

Andrew is the grandson of the 
Company founder, Frederick 
William Thorpe. After serving 
an apprenticeship with the 
Company, he has worked in 
various parts of the business, 
leading to the positions 
of Export Sales Director, 
Manufacturing Director and 
then Managing Director of 
Thorlux Lighting. In 2000, he 
became Joint Group Chief 
Executive and in 2003 Group 
Chairman, positions he held 
until July 2017. In July 2019 
Andrew became a non-
executive director and member 
of the remuneration committee.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

 R

Manufacturing, Product Design/
Management, Sales & Marketing, 
Industry Knowledge, Strategy, 
Governance

After studying Electrical 
Engineering at Aberdeen 
University, Peter qualified as 
a Chartered Accountant with 
Price Waterhouse in 1976. He 
spent time with Planet Group 
and TI Group before joining 
FW Thorpe in 1987 as Finance 
Director. He became Joint 
Chief Executive in July 2000. In 
June 2010 he became a non-
executive director and Chairman 
of the remuneration committee 
following the appointment of 
his successor.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

 R

Financial Management, 
Governance, Company 
Secretarial, Industry Knowledge

Ian, grandson of the Company 
founder, was Manufacturing 
Director of Thorlux Lighting 
from 1978 until 1993 when he 
became Personnel Director. 
He became a non-executive 
director on 1 October 1997 
and is a member of the 
remuneration committee.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

 R

Manufacturing, Human 
Resources, Governance, Industry 
Knowledge

Tony graduated from 
Loughborough University with a 
B.Tech in Production Engineering 
and Management in 1984 and 
became a Chartered Engineer 
in 1988. He worked in various 
manufacturing industries, 
including Mars Electronics 
and Thomas & Betts, before 
joining Thorlux Lighting as 
Manufacturing Director in 1998. 
Tony became a non-executive 
director in April 2020.

Key Areas of Expertise/
Responsibility: 

Manufacturing, Business 
Management, Industry 
Knowledge, Project 
Management

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   59
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   59

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

59

06/10/2021   11:53:25
06/10/2021   11:53:25

Strategic ReportOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report

The directors present their Directors’ 
report with the audited consolidated 
financial statements of the Group and 
the Company for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2021.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY
The main activity of the Group 
continues to be the design, 
manufacture and supply of 
professional lighting equipment.  
Each company within the Group 
operates in a different market of  
the lighting sector.

BUSINESS REVIEW
The trading results for the year 
are set out in the Consolidated 
Income Statement on page 80 
and the Group’s financial position 
at the end of the year is set out in 
the Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Financial Position 
on page 82. A review of the 
performance of the business during 
the financial year and expected 
future developments are contained 
in the Chairman’s Statement, the 
Operational Performance section and 
the Financial Performance section 
which form part of the Strategic 
Report.

KEY PERFORMANCE 
INDICATORS
The directors consider the main 
financial key performance indicators 
(KPIs) to be those disclosed on page 
24 (financial highlights). The two 
most important KPIs to the business 
are revenue and operating profit.

The directors monitor non-financial 
areas of the business relating to 
energy saving and environmental 
responsibility, market and product 
development, customer service and 
product support on a regular basis.

Objectives are set for each company 
within the Group incorporating 
financial and non-financial 
targets which have appropriate 
measurements that reflect their 
nature. These are monitored regularly 
at local and Group Board level. During 

the year a number of objectives were 
achieved.

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND 
UNCERTAINTIES
The table on pages 42 to 44 
details what we consider to be the 
principal risks and uncertainties to 
the business, and how we seek to 
manage and mitigate these risks.

The Group has financial risks and 
seeks to minimise and manage 
these by incorporating controls into 
key functions as part of the normal 
business operation.

Details of other risk management 
procedures are included within the 
internal control section of this report 
and in the financial risk section within 
the accounting policies (note 1).

INTERNAL CONTROL
The Board of directors has overall 
responsibility for the system of 
internal control and for reviewing 
its effectiveness throughout the 
Group. The internal control systems 
are designed to meet the Group’s 
particular needs and the risks to 
which it is exposed, and by their 
nature can only provide reasonable 
but not absolute assurance against 
misstatement or loss.

The directors have responsibility 
for maintaining a system of internal 
control which provides reasonable 
assurance of the effective and 
efficient operations, internal financial 
control and compliance with laws and 
regulations.

OTHER AREAS OF CONTROL
During the year and continuing 
after the year end, the Board has 
operated a formal risk identification 
and evaluation process as part of a 
continuous review of the Group’s 
internal controls. This process 
considers financial, operational 
and compliance risks and includes 
participation from senior executives 
from all operating subsidiaries. The 
results of this process to date have 
been utilised by the Board to focus 

the ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing the Group’s 
significant risks. The programme 
is utilised to monitor the potential 
impact of the risks identified and, 
where appropriate, actions are 
taken to ensure they are effectively 
controlled. This process is extended 
to include a detailed review of 
risk, as assessed by local senior 
executives, and procedures have 
been established to ensure that the 
Group Board is made aware of any 
additional significant risks identified 
and to consider appropriate action. 
This process culminated in the 
provision of a certificate, by senior 
executives at the operating sites, 
confirming that they have identified 
and addressed the risks arising in 
their business and reported them to 
the Group Board accordingly.

PROPOSED DIVIDEND
Details of the proposed dividend are 
disclosed in the Financial Performance 
section on page 40.

DIRECTORS
The directors of the Company during 
the year and at the date of this report 
are set out on pages 58 and 59.

The directors retiring by rotation are 
D Taylor, C Muncaster, P D Mason 
who, being eligible, offer themselves 
for re-election. D Taylor and C 
Muncaster have service contracts 
terminable on 12 months’ notice.

DIRECTORS’ SHARE INTERESTS
The details of the directors’ share 
interests are set out in the directors’ 
remuneration report on page 69.

DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITIES
As permitted by the Articles of 
Association, the directors have the 
benefit of an indemnity which is 
a qualifying third party indemnity 
provision as defined by section 234 
of the Companies Act 2006. The 
indemnity was in force throughout 
the last financial year and is currently 
in force. The Company also purchased 
and maintained throughout the 

60

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   60
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   60

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:53:25
06/10/2021   11:53:25

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021financial year directors’ and officers’ 
liability insurance in respect of itself 
and its directors.

BOARD CONSTITUTION
The Company continues to be 
proprietorial in nature and the 
directors act as a unitary Board and as 
a consequence are unable to see the 
benefits of splitting the Board into 
sub-committees and in particular of 
constituting audit and nomination 
committees as matters that would 
normally be considered by an audit or 
nomination committee are addressed 
by the full Board with the non-
executive directors present and the 
auditors attending as appropriate.

A remuneration committee has been 
established with the following people 
serving on it:

P D Mason
Non-executive director and  
Chairman of the committee.

A B Thorpe
Non-executive director.

I A Thorpe
Non-executive director.

Terms and conditions for the 
operation of this committee are 
in place and it meets as and when 
required. The committee’s report is 
presented on pages 67 to 70.

Where there is a requirement for a 
senior personnel or subsidiary board 
appointment a sub-committee is 
formed. Any appointment to the 
Group Board would involve all Board 
members in the selection process.

The Board meets regularly during the 
year and has a schedule of matters 
reserved for its approval, which only 
the Board may change.

SUBSTANTIAL 
SHAREHOLDINGS
At 5 October 2021, the Company had 
received notification of the following 
interests in 3% or more of the issued 
share capital, excluding holdings of 
directors:

Liontrust Investment  
Partners LLP
7,023,616 (5.9%)

Estate of C M Brangwin
7,271,550 (6.1%)

RELATIONS WITH 
SHAREHOLDERS
Directors are kept informed of the 
views of shareholders by face-to-face 
contact at the Company’s premises 
on the day of the Annual General 
Meeting where possible and, if 
appropriate, by meeting with major 
shareholders at other times during 
the year. See Notice of Meeting – 
AGM 2021.

DIRECTORS’ AUTHORITY TO 
ISSUE SHARES
In previous years, at the Annual 
General Meeting, shareholders 
have been asked to pass resolutions 
to authorise the directors to allot 
shares for cash or to grant rights 
to subscribe for, or to convert any 
security into, shares in the Company 
and to allow them to do so (and also 
to sell treasury shares) in certain 
circumstances without first offering 
the shares in question to existing 
shareholders.

As the directors have no intention 
of exercising these authorities, there 
will be no resolution to grant these 
powers at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting.

This will not, however, prevent shares 
from being allotted or treasury 
shares being sold to individuals who 
exercise options under any share 
option scheme of the Company.

PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES
Resolution number 9 set out in the 
notice of the Annual General Meeting 
will, if it is approved, allow the 
Company to exercise the authority 
contained in the Articles of Association 
to purchase its own shares. The 
Board has no firm intention that the 
Company should make purchases 
of its own shares if the proposed 
authority becomes effective, but 

would like to be able to act quickly if 
circumstances arise in which such a 
purchase would be desirable.

Purchases will only be made on the 
Alternative Investment Market and 
only in circumstances where the 
directors believe that they are in the 
best interests of the shareholders 
generally. Furthermore, purchases 
will only be made if the directors 
believe that they would result in an 
increase in earnings per share.

The proposed authority will 
be limited by the terms of the 
special resolution to the purchase 
of 11,893,559 ordinary shares 
representing 10% of the Company’s 
issued ordinary share capital at 
5 October 2021 and a nominal value 
of £118,936.

The minimum price per ordinary 
share payable by the Company 
(exclusive of expenses) will be 1p. 
The maximum to be paid will be an 
amount not more than 5% above 
the average of the middle market 
quotations for ordinary shares of 
the Company as derived from the 
Alternative Investment Market on 
the five business days immediately 
preceding the date of each purchase. 
The Company may either cancel 
any shares which it purchases under 
this authority or transfer them into 
treasury, and subsequently sell or 
transfer them out of treasury or 
cancel them. The maximum number 
of shares and the permitted price 
range are stated in order to comply 
with statutory and Stock Exchange 
requirements and should not be 
taken as representative of the 
number of shares (if any) which may 
be purchased, or the terms of such a 
purchase.

The authority will lapse on the date 
of the Annual General Meeting of 
the Company in 2022. However, 
in order to maintain the Board’s 
flexibility of action it is envisaged 
that it will be renewed at future 
Annual General Meetings.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   61
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   61

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

61

06/10/2021   11:53:26
06/10/2021   11:53:26

Strategic ReportOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur GovernanceDirectors’ Report continued

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Company’s shares are traded on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM) of the London Stock Exchange Plc. 
Previously the Company was not required to comply with the Principles of Good Governance and Code of Best Practice 
(“The UK Corporate Governance Code”, or the “Code”).

Following a change to the AIM rules in 2018, from 28 September 2018, the Company has adopted the Quoted 
Companies Alliance’s “Corporate Governance Guidelines for Smaller Quoted Companies” (the QCA Code) which the 
Board believes is appropriate due to the size and complexity of the Company. 

There are ten principles of the QCA code and the following table sets out in broad terms how we comply at this point in time.

Extent of 
current 
compliance

Compliant

Principle

 1

Establish a strategy 
and business model 
which promote 
long-term value for 
shareholders 

Compliant

 2

 Seek to 
understand and 
meet shareholders’ 
needs and  
expectations

Commentary

Further disclosure

Find out more in the 
Strategic Report 
on pages 10 to 55 
Read about our 
Strategy on pages 
20 and 21 
Read about our 
Business Model on 
pages 18 and 19

Find out more in the 
Directors’ Report 
on page 60

The Group’s business strategy is detailed in 
our Annual Report & Accounts and focuses 
on delivering long-term growth and stability, 
achieved through four key strategic priorities:

•  Focus on high quality products and good 

leadership in technology

•  Continue to grow the customer base for 

Group companies

•  Focus on manufacturing excellence
•  Continue to develop high quality people

Meetings are held with shareholders as required; 
this includes visits to our various company 
locations being organised and encouraged where 
possible. In addition, all announcements include 
contact details for shareholders to contact the 
Company if they so choose.

The AGM is another forum for dialogue with our 
shareholders. The Notice of Meeting is sent to 
shareholders at least 21 days before the meeting.

Any feedback during these meetings is 
encouraged and acted upon where appropriate.

 3

 Take into account 
wider stakeholder and 
social responsibilities 
and their implications 
for long-term success

Compliant

Feedback from employees, customers, suppliers 
and other stakeholders is actively encouraged.

Our employees are an important stakeholder 
group and we actively encourage dialogue with 
the Company via various employee committees 
within our companies. Reports from these 
meetings are distributed to the Board.

Find out more 
in the Strategic 
Report on pages 
10 to 55 and in our 
Sustainability 
section on pages 
48 and 55

62

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   62
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   62

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:53:27
06/10/2021   11:53:27

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Extent of 
current 
compliance

Compliant

Principle

 4

Embed effective 
risk management, 
considering both 
opportunities and 
threats, throughout 
the organisation 

Compliant

 6

Ensure that 
between them the 
directors have the 
necessary up-to-date 
experience, skills and 
capabilities

Commentary

Further disclosure

The Board operates a continuous risk 
identification and evaluation process. The 
results are utilised by the Board to manage any 
significant risks.

In addition, the executive directors regularly 
visit all operating sites and review financial and 
commercial issues with an executive director 
responsible for each individual company.

The Board has overall responsibility for the 
system of internal control and for reviewing its 
effectiveness throughout the Group.

Internal financial control is driven by Group 
finance who visit each company to assess 
compliance against key controls. This includes 
regular financial reporting that is compared 
against plan and previous year’s performance.

The non-executives are not considered fully 
independent. The Board considers that the non-
executive directors are appropriate as they bring 
significant experience and expertise in the sector. 
In addition, as the directors retire on a three-year 
rotation, shareholders have a regular opportunity 
to ensure that the composition of the Board is in 
line with their interests. 

There is a Remuneration Committee but no Audit 
Committee, with matters that would normally 
be tabled at an Audit Committee put to the full 
Board. 

The current composition of the Board provides 
the necessary skills, experience and capabilities 
for the size and context of the Group.

The composition and succession of the Board are 
subject to review, considering the future needs of 
the Group.

Find out more 
about our 
Principal Risk and 
Uncertainties on 
pages 42 to 44 and 
in the Directors’ 
Report on page 60

Find out more in  
Our Governance 
on pages 58 to 77 
Read about our 
Board of Directors 
on pages 58 and 59
Read our Directors’ 
Report on pages 
60 to 65

Find out more in  
Our Governance 
on pages 58 to 77 
Read about our 
Board of Directors 
on pages 58 and 59 
Read our Directors’ 
Report on pages 
60 to 65

Partially 
Compliant

Total of eight directors, four executive directors 
and four non-executive directors.

 5

Maintain the Board 
as a well-functioning, 
balanced team led by 
the Chair

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   63
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   63

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

63

06/10/2021   11:53:28
06/10/2021   11:53:28

Strategic ReportOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur GovernanceDirectors’ Report continued

Extent of 
current 
compliance

Partially 
Compliant

Commentary

Further disclosure

There is no formal evaluation process; 
however, the Chairman is responsible for Board 
performance and accordingly actively encourages 
feedback on the content and function of board 
meetings.

The composition and succession of the Board 
are subject to constant review, considering the 
ever-changing needs of the Group. In addition, 
the directors retire by rotation every three years 
giving shareholders the opportunity to ensure 
that the Board is aligned with their interests.

Compliant

Our core aim is for long-term growth and stability.

Compliant

Compliant

The Group management team is passionate 
about developing the business for the benefit of 
the shareholders, employees and customers.

With our focus on excellence, we ensure our 
Group’s culture is consistent with the aim of long 
term growth and stability. In order to achieve and 
maintain such a culture, we invest in training our 
employees, as mentioned in the Annual Report 
and Accounts.

The Board as a whole is responsible for 
robust governance practices. The roles and 
responsibilities of each director are clear and 
responsibilities understood.

The Board meets at least eight times each year, 
with additional meetings as required.

The Company communicates through the Annual 
Report and Accounts, full-year and interim 
announcements, the AGM and one-to-one 
meetings with existing or potential shareholders.

A range of corporate information is also available 
on the Company’s website.

Meetings with shareholders, employee groups, 
management and other representative groups 
provide a platform for raising any concerns 
relating to corporate governance.

Find out more in the 
Strategic Report 
on pages 10 to 55 
Read about our 
Strategy on pages 
20 and 21

 Find out more in the 
Directors’ Report 
on pages 60 to 65 
Read about our 
Board of Directors 
on pages 58 and 59

 Find out more  
online at:  
www.fwthorpe.co.uk

Principle

 7

Evaluate Board 
performance 
based on clear and 
relevant objectives, 
seeking continuous 
improvement

 8

Promote a corporate 
culture that is based 
on ethical values and 
behaviours

 9

Maintain governance 
structures and 
processes that 
are fit for purpose 
and support good 
decision making by 
the Board

 10

Communicate 
how the Company 
is governed and 
is performing 
by maintaining 
a dialogue with 
shareholders and 
other relevant 
stakeholders

64

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   64
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   64

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:53:29
06/10/2021   11:53:29

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021They have also produced an analysis 
that demonstrates that the Group 
could cover its cash commitments 
even if there was a significant 
reduction in sales over the following 
year from approving these accounts. 
For this reason, they continue to 
adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the accounts.

APPROVAL OF STRATEGIC AND 
DIRECTORS’ REPORTS
The directors confirm that the 
information contained within the 
Strategic Report on pages 10 to 55 
and the Directors’ Report on pages 
60 to 65 is an accurate representation 
of the Group’s strategy and 
performance.

By order of the Board

Craig Muncaster 
Joint Chief Executive, Group Financial 
Director and Company Secretary

5 October 2021

Registered Office: 
Merse Road 
North Moons Moat 
Redditch 
Worcestershire 
B98 9HH

Company Registration Number: 
317886

The Board considers that the 
Company applies the principles of 
best practice with the exception of 
the matters listed below:

•  There are no independent Board 

members.

•  The Board does not have an 

independent audit committee.

•  The Board does not have a 
nominations committee.
•  There is no formal evaluation 
process of Board performance.

The Board believes that the 
exceptions, which are more fully 
explained in the sections relating 
to the Board constitution and the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report, are 
appropriate for the size and context 
of the Group.

STATEMENT ON THE  
PROVISION OF INFORMATION  
TO INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The auditors have direct access 
to all members of the Board and 
attend and present their reports at 
appropriate Board meetings. The 
Board considers, at least annually, 
the relationships and fees in place 
with the auditors to confirm their 
independence is maintained.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The auditors, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, have 
expressed their willingness to 
continue in office and a resolution for 
their reappointment will be proposed 
at the next Annual General Meeting.

GOING CONCERN
The directors confirm they are 
satisfied that the Group and 
Company have adequate resources, 
with £52.3m cash and £23.6m short 
term deposits, to continue in business 
for the foreseeable future factoring 
in the expected impact of COVID-19. 

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   65
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   65

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

65

06/10/2021   11:53:31
06/10/2021   11:53:31

Strategic ReportOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur GovernanceStatement of Directors’ Responsibilities

in respect of the Financial Statements

The directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulation.

•  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements 

DIRECTORS’ CONFIRMATIONS
In the case of each director in office 
at the date the Directors’ Report is 
approved:

• 

• 

so far as the director is aware, 
there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Group 
and Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and
they have taken all the steps 
that they ought to have taken 
as a director in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish 
that the Group and Company’s 
auditors are aware of that 
information. 

By order of the Board

Craig Muncaster 
Joint Chief Executive, Group Financial 
Director and Company Secretary

5 October 2021

on the going concern basis unless 
it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Group and Company will 
continue in business.

The directors are responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group 
and Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

The directors are also responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Group and Company’s 
transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Group and 
Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006.

The directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website. Legislation in 
the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Company law requires the directors 
to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year. Under that law the 
directors have prepared the Group 
financial statements in accordance 
with International Accounting 
Standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006 and Company financial 
statements in accordance with 
International Accounting Standards 
in conformity with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006 . Under 
company law the directors must not 
approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state 
of affairs of the Group and Company 
and of the profit or loss of the Group 
and Company for that period. In 
preparing the financial statements, 
the directors are required to:

• 

• 

select suitable accounting policies 
and then apply them consistently;
state whether applicable 
International Accounting 
Standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006 have been followed for 
the Group financial statements 
and International Accounting 
Standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006 have been followed 
for the Company financial 
statements, subject to any 
material departures disclosed 
and explained in the financial 
statements;

66

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   66
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   66

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:53:34
06/10/2021   11:53:34

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Directors’ Remuneration Report

The Board has prepared this report to 
the shareholders, taking into account 
sections 420 to 422 of the Companies 
Act 2006.

PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The graph below shows the comparative data for the FTSE AIM share index 
and the FTSE Fledgling share index, rebased to 100, as these are considered to 
be the most appropriate comparative indices for the Company’s business.

Total shareholder return

250

Total shareholder return

FW Thorpe

AIM All Share

FTSE Fledging

200

150

100

50

6
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
0
3

7
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
0
3

8
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
0
2

9
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
0
3

0
2
0
2
/
6
0
/
0
3

1
2
0
2
/
6
0
/
0
3

The remuneration package consists 
of the following elements:

1.  Basic salary, benefits in kind 

and other benefits. The salary 
is determined in July each year, 
unless there has been a change 
in responsibilities, where an 
adjustment will be made at the 
same time. The benefits in kind 
mainly consist of the provision 
of a car and health insurance. A 
director may choose to take a 
cash allowance instead of a car. 
Other benefits consist of pension 
arrangements and life assurance.
2.  Annual bonus. The bonus is made 
up of two elements. The first 
element relates to the operating 
profit of the business unit for 
which the director has specific 
performance responsibilities. The 
second element relates to the 
operating profit of the Group as 
a whole. The bonuses are paid 
in September and relate to the 
period ending on 30 June in the 
same year.

3.  Long term incentive scheme. This 
scheme consists of the “Executive 
Share Ownership Plan” (ESOP) 
details of which are shown on 
page 70.

Non-Executive Directors
The Board as a whole determines the 
remuneration of the non-executive 
directors. The Board takes into 
account the contribution made 
and the relative time spent on the 
Company’s affairs. The non-executive 
directors do not receive bonuses. 
Their benefits in kind consist of the 
provision of health insurance.

DIRECTORS’ SERVICE 
CONTRACTS
M Allcock has a service contract 
terminable on two years’ notice. 
C Muncaster, D Taylor and 
J E Thorpe have service contracts 
terminable on one year’s notice. 
A B Thorpe, P D Mason, I A Thorpe 
and A M Cooper do not have formal 
service contracts with the Company.

The Board has delegated the 
responsibility for the executive 
directors’ remuneration to the 
Remuneration Committee. The scope 
of their responsibilities includes the 
executive directors’ service contracts, 
salaries and other benefits, which 
comprise their terms and conditions 
of employment.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
The current members of the 
Remuneration Committee are the 
non-executive directors P D Mason 
(Chairman of the Committee), 
I A Thorpe, and A B Thorpe.

The Committee has met as and 
when required during the financial 
year. No member of the Committee 
has any personal financial interest 
in the matters to be decided other 
than as shareholders. There are 
no conflicts of interest arising 
from cross-directorships or day-
to-day involvement in running 
the business. The Committee 
has access to market data when 
considering the remuneration of the 
executive directors.

REMUNERATION POLICY
Executive Directors
The aim of the Committee is to ensure 
that the executive directors are fairly 
rewarded for their responsibilities 
and contribution to the performance 
of the Group. The Committee seeks 
to achieve this with a combination of 
performance and non-performance 
related remuneration designed 
to attract, retain and motivate the 
directors.

In establishing the salaries of the 
directors, the Committee takes 
into account the responsibilities 
and performance of the individual 
together with data from comparable 
organisations and indicative trends for 
the business and its economic sector.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   67
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   67

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

67

06/10/2021   11:53:35
06/10/2021   11:53:35

Strategic ReportOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

DIRECTORS’ EMOLUMENTS (AUDITED)

Executive 
directors
M Allcock
D Taylor
C Muncaster
J E Thorpe
Non-executive 
directors
A B Thorpe
I A Thorpe
P D Mason
A M Cooper 

2021
Salary/
fees
£’000
213
113
240
140

34
34
34
34
842

2021
Bonus
£’000
167
74
179
113

2021
Benefits
£’000
19
14
18
20

–
–
–
–
533

15
16
5
2
109

2021
Total
£’000
399
201
437
273

49
50
39
36
1,484

2021
Share 
options 
gains
£’000
32
65
24
–

2020
Share 
options 
gains
£’000
27
54
20
–

–
–
–
231
352

–
–
–
7
108

2020
Total
£’000
372
197
407
228

48
49
39
159
1,499

2021
Total
£’000
431
266
461
273

49
50
39
267
1,836

2020
Total
£’000
399
251
427
228

48
49
39
166
1,607

The directors’ emoluments exclude contributions to the pension scheme.

DIRECTORS’ PENSION ARRANGEMENTS (AUDITED)
M Allcock is a deferred member and D Taylor a pensioner member of the defined contribution scheme of the 
FW Thorpe Retirement Benefits Scheme and they have a final salary guarantee as they were previously members 
of the defined benefit section. A M Cooper is a deferred member and J E Thorpe an active member of the defined 
contribution section of the FW Thorpe Retirement Benefits Scheme. 

I A Thorpe, A B Thorpe and P D Mason are retired members of the defined benefit section.

The FW Thorpe Retirement Benefits Scheme is a funded, HMRC approved occupational pension scheme. The scheme is 
divided into two sections – a defined benefit scheme and a defined contribution scheme. The defined benefit section 
was closed to new members on 1 October 1995.

The defined benefit section aims to provide a maximum pension of two-thirds of pensionable salary at normal 
retirement date. M Allcock’s and D Taylor’s pensionable salary includes an average of the previous three years’ profit 
bonus. Defined contribution members contribute up to 5% of basic salary and the Company contributes up to 17%.

M Allcock, D Taylor and A M Cooper have ceased being active members of the FW Thorpe Retirement Benefits 
Scheme and C Muncaster has ceased being an active member of his personal pension scheme due to HMRC limits on 
lifetime allowances and annual contributions. Subsequently the Company has entered into pension compensation 
arrangements with these four directors and J E Thorpe to compensate them for the loss of these employer pension 
contributions. During the financial year the Company paid pension compensation to M Allcock of £169,410 (2020: 
£167,942), A M Cooper £nil (2020: £7,414), C Muncaster £40,790 (2020: £40,724), D Taylor £19,163 (2020: £19,132) and to 
J E Thorpe £10,500 (2020: £9,290).

All the executive directors are covered by life assurance benefit of four times pensionable salary. In addition, the 
defined benefit scheme members are entitled to a spouse’s pension on death.

68

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   68
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   68

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:53:36
06/10/2021   11:53:36

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021There are no directors, excluding those classified as pensioners, having accrued entitlements under the defined benefit 
section of the pension scheme.

The following table shows the contributions paid by the Company in respect of those directors participating in the 
defined contribution section of the pension scheme.

J E Thorpe

2021 
£’000
13

2020 
£’000
12

A M Cooper has a personal pension which is not part of the Company scheme, and the following contributions have 
been made during the year.

A M Cooper

2021 
£’000
–

2020
£’000
8

CEO PAY RATIO
FW Thorpe being a UK listed company with more than 250 employees is required to disclose annually the ratio of the 
CEO’S pay to the lower quartile, median and upper quartile pay of their UK employees. These details are shown in the 
table below.

Year
2020-21
2019-20

Method
Option A
Option A

25th percentile pay ratio
23:1
24:1

Median pay ratio
14:1
15:1

75th percentile pay ratio
8:1
8:1

Option A was chosen as it represents the most accurate means of identifying the percentiles. The comparison is based 
on data for the year ended 30 June 2021. The table below sets out the salary and total pay and benefits for the three 
quartiles.

Base salary
Total remuneration

25th percentile pay 
21,172
28,431

Median pay 
30,420
44,835

75th percentile pay
46,500
85,296

DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS
The directors listed below were in office during the year. Directors’ interests in the share capital of the Company at 
30 June 2021 and 1 July 2020 were as follows:

Executive directors
M Allcock
D Taylor
C Muncaster
J E Thorpe
Non-executive directors
A B Thorpe
I A Thorpe
P D Mason
A M Cooper

Ordinary shares of  
1p Beneficial
2021
191,500
146,896
65,000
2,164,682

2020
175,500
132,896
50,000
1,371,450

25,812,700
25,047,120
626,370
178,707

27,682,700
25,840,352
1,626,370
112,224

The market price of the Company’s shares at the beginning and end of the financial year was 301p and 440p 
respectively, and the range of market prices during the year was from 240p to 458p.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   69
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   69

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

69

06/10/2021   11:53:36
06/10/2021   11:53:36

Strategic ReportOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

EXECUTIVE SHARE OWNERSHIP PLAN (ESOP) (AUDITED)
Share options were granted during 2014, under the Company’s ESOP, to the Company’s executive directors and certain 
directors of subsidiary companies. The plan allows the vesting of options subject to the achievement of performance 
targets, being annual growth of pre-tax Earnings Per Shares in excess of RPI plus 3% over a five-year period. The options 
that were granted to the executive directors are detailed in the table below:

Date Granted
Share Options
Exercise price (p)

M Allcock

A B Thorpe

C Muncaster
24 October 2014 24 October 2014 24 October 2014 24 October 2014 24 October 2014
200,000
124

200,000
124

200,000
124

200,000
124

200,000
124

A M Cooper

D Taylor

Number at 1 July 2020
Awarded
Vested
Exercised
Forfeit
Lapsed
Number at 30 June 2021

A B Thorpe
80,000
–
–
–
–
–
80,000

M Allcock
80,000
–
–
(20,000)
–
–
60,000

D Taylor
40,000
–
–
(40,000)
–
–
–

A M Cooper
110,322
–
–
(110,322)
–
–
–

C Muncaster
110,000
–
–
(15,000)
–
–
95,000

There have been no other changes in the interests of the directors in the share capital of any Company in the Group 
during the period 1 July 2021 to 5 October 2021.

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Craig Muncaster 
Joint Chief Executive, Group Financial Director and Company Secretary

5 October 2021

70

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   70
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   70

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:53:39
06/10/2021   11:53:39

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Independent Auditors’ Report

to the Members of FW Thorpe Plc
REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Opinion
In our opinion, FW Thorpe Plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 30 June 2021 and of the group’s 

profit and the group’s and company’s cash flows for the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the 

requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), which 
comprise: the Consolidated and Company Statements of Financial Position as at 30 June 2021; the Consolidated Income 
Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Company Statements of Cash 
Flows, the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and the Company Statement of Changes in Equity for the year 
then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we 
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview

Audit scope
•  An audit was conducted of the complete financial information of the three financially significant reporting units: 
Thorlux Lighting (the Company, located in the UK), Lightronics and Famostar (both located in the Netherlands). 

•  The audit work performed at these three reporting units (2020: three reporting units), together with additional 

procedures performed on centralised functions at the Group level, including audit procedures over the 
consolidation, gave us the audit evidence we needed for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole. 

•  This provided coverage of 89% (2020: 91%) of profit before tax. 

Key audit matters
•  Valuation of warranty provisions (group and parent)

•  Capitalisation of internal development costs (group and parent)

• 

Impairment considerations over intercompany receivables due to COVID-19 (parent)

Materiality
•  Overall group materiality: £929,000 (2020: £860,000) based on 5% of profit before tax excluding the impact of 

exceptional items.

•  Overall company materiality: £760,000 (2020: £729,000) based on 5% of profit before tax excluding the impact of 

exceptional items.

•  Performance materiality: £697,000 (group) and £570,000 (company).

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   71
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   71

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

71

06/10/2021   11:53:39
06/10/2021   11:53:39

Strategic ReportOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur GovernanceIndependent Auditors’ Report continued

to the Members of FW Thorpe Plc

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit 
of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, 
and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these 
matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Valuation of the share appreciation rights repurchase obligation , which was a key audit matter last year, is no longer 
included because of the settlement position reached subsequent to the balance sheet date removing the estimation 
uncertainty over this item. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of warranty provisions 
(group and parent)

Our audit procedures included: 

•  We have audited the specific provisions held at year-end by 

Refer to critical accounting estimates and 
judgements in note 1 to the financial 
statements and note 22 provisions.  

inspecting correspondence to confirm rectification is required and 
recalculating the provision amount based on material cost and 
estimated labour and installation expenditure;  

•  We have enquired with management and reviewed board minutes to 
ensure that no specific rectification issues have been identified which 
were not provided for at year-end;  

•  We have corroborated the actual failure rates against the expected 

failure rate used to calculate the provision, where no known 
rectification issues have been identified; 

•  We have reviewed and challenged the appropriateness of any other 

judgement used in the estimation of the provision; and 

•  We have reviewed the accuracy of disclosures in relation to the 

provision.   

We found the valuation of the warranty provision was consistent with the 
evidence obtained.

The Group and Company makes 
provisions for warranties where it is 
obliged to repair or replace faulty goods 
under the terms and conditions of sale. 
The typical warranty provision offered is 
for a period of five years, although longer 
periods are offered by Lightronics and 
Famostar on certain product lines.  

Amounts have been provided based on 
known faults at the year-end date where 
rectification will be due and also based 
on expected failure rates as applied to 
sales made which are within the warranty 
period.  

The valuation of the warranty provision 
involves judgement with respect to the 
expected failure rates especially when 
applied to new products at the start of 
their warranty period. 

72

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   72
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   72

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:53:40
06/10/2021   11:53:40

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Capitalisation of internal development 
costs (group and parent)

Refer to critical accounting estimates and 
judgements in note 1 to the financial 
statements and note 9 intangibles.   

The Group undertakes development 
activities on new products and such 
internal development costs are 
capitalised where allowable under IAS 38 
– “Intangible Assets”. 

Judgement has been applied in 
considering whether the requirements 
for capitalising such internal 
development costs under IAS 38 have 
been met, the level and nature of costs 
which should be capitalised and the 
period over which the capitalised costs 
should be amortised. 

Impairment considerations over 
intercompany receivables due to 
COVID-19 (parent)

Refer to critical accounting estimates and 
judgements in note 1 to the financial 
statements, note 12 for Financial asset at 
amortised cost and note 16 for Trade and 
other receivables.  

The ongoing economic uncertainty due 
to COVID-19 requires the directors and 
auditors to consider the valuation of 
various assets on the balance sheet as 
well as the going concern of the Group. 

Based on the impact of COVID-19 on 
the underlying trading in the group, the 
risk is considered to be specific to the 
recoverability of intercompany receivable 
balances within the Company.  

Our audit procedures included: 

•  We have assessed the development activities performed by the Group 
against the criteria for capitalising internal development costs under 
IAS 38;  

•  We have performed testing over the amounts capitalised in the year 

by agreeing payroll amounts to payslips and assessing the percentage 
of payroll costs capitalised with respect to the employee and their role 
in the development of products; 

•  We have assessed the amortisation period of three years across the 

Group with reference to the product launches and knowledge of the 
industry; and 

•  We have reviewed the accuracy of the disclosures in relation to 

capitalised development costs.  

We found that the accuracy of the capitalised development costs was 
consistent with the evidence obtained.

Our audit procedures included: 

•  We have audited the expected credit loss model prepared by 

management and ensured that it has considered a range of potential 
outcomes for each individual receivable balance and includes 
a probability weighting depending on the future underlying 
performance of the entities; 

•  When considering these models, we have applied sensitivity analysis 

to the key inputs, which include the probability of default; and

•  We have also considered management’s estimates through 

comparison to historical and future business performance in line with 
contractual terms and the financial position of each business at the 
year end.  

We found that the valuation of balances owed from Group undertakings 
after making impairment provisions were consistent with the evidence 
obtained and disclosed appropriately.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   73
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   73

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

73

06/10/2021   11:53:40
06/10/2021   11:53:40

Strategic ReportOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur GovernanceIndependent Auditors’ Report continued

to the Members of FW Thorpe Plc

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the 
financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting 
processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

The group financial statements are a consolidation of multiple reporting units across the UK and the Netherlands, 
comprising the group’s operating businesses and centralised functions. These reporting units maintain their own 
accounting records and controls and report to the head office finance team for consolidation purposes.

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit, we identified three reporting units, which, in our view, 
required an audit of their complete financial information both due to their size and risk characteristics: Thorlux 
Lighting (the Company, located in the UK), Lightronics and Famostar (both located in the Netherlands). The Group 
engagement team audited Thorlux Lighting whilst Lightronics and Famostar were audited by a non-PwC component 
audit team located in the Netherlands. Where balances in out of scope components are in excess of group performance 
materiality and contribute a notable proportion of a certain financial statement line item, these balances have been 
subject to audit procedures by the Group engagement team. The audit work performed at these three reporting units 
(2020: three), together with additional procedures performed on centralised functions at the Group level, including 
audit procedures over the consolidation, gave us the audit evidence we needed for our opinion on the Group financial 
statements as a whole. This provided coverage of 89% (2020: 91%) of profit before tax.

The work performed by the component auditor was subject to review by the Group engagement team and the work 
performed over areas considered to be of significant importance to the audit has fed into our key audit matters.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and 
in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

How we determined it

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

Financial statements – group

Financial statements – company

£929,000 (2020: £860,000).
5% of profit before tax excluding the impact 
of exceptional items
Based on the benchmarks used in the 
annual report, profit before tax excluding 
the impact of exceptional items is the 
primary measure used by the shareholders 
in assessing the performance of the Group. 
Given the short term downturn due to 
COVID-19 experienced in 2020 was not 
repeated in 2021, we have not continued 
to apply a three year average as COVID-19 
did not result in a permanent rebasing of 
profitability.

£760,000 (2020: £729,000).
5% of profit before tax excluding the impact 
of exceptional items
Based on the benchmarks used in the annual 
report, profit before tax excluding the impact 
of exceptional items is the primary measure 
used by the shareholders in assessing the 
performance of the Company. Given the 
short term downturn due to COVID-19 
experienced in 2020 was not repeated in 
2021, we have not continued to apply a three 
year average as COVID-19 did not result in a 
permanent rebasing of profitability.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group 
materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was £400,000 to £760,000. Certain components were 
audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of 
uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in 
determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions 
and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% of overall materiality, 
amounting to £697,000 for the group financial statements and £570,000 for the company financial statements.

74

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   74
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   74

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:53:41
06/10/2021   11:53:41

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk 
assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end of 
our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during 
our audit above £46,000 (group audit) (2020: £43,000) and £38,000 (company audit) (2020: £36,000) as well as 
misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:

•  Testing the reasonableness of the model and assessing the assumptions used in management’s going concern 

assessment which covers the period to December 2022;

•  Management’s base case forecasts are based on its normal budget and forecasting process and have produced a 

downside model. We understood and assessed this process, including the assumptions used, for 2021 and 2022 and 
assessed whether there was adequate support for these assumptions; and

•  We assessed the adequacy of disclosures in the Going Concern statement within the Directors’ report and the 

statements in note 1 of the Annual Report and found these appropriately reflect downside risks.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s and the company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised 
for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the 
group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

Reporting on other information 

The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and 
our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the 
extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material 
inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material 
misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report 
that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the 
UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain 
opinions and matters as described below.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   75
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   75

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

75

06/10/2021   11:53:41
06/10/2021   11:53:41

Strategic ReportOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur GovernanceIndependent Auditors’ Report continued

to the Members of FW Thorpe Plc

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report 
and Directors’ report for the year ended 30 June 2021 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared 
in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ report.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, the 
directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as 
they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or 
have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line 
with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. 
The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with 
laws and regulations related to applicable Generally Accepted Accounting Practices, tax compliance legislation and 
the AIM Rules for Companies, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect 
on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial 
statements such as the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent 
manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal 
risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries to manipulate financial results and management bias in 
accounting estimates. The group engagement team shared this risk assessment with the component auditors so that 
they could include appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed by 
the group engagement team and/or component auditors included:

•  enquiry of management and those charged with governance around actual and potential litigation and claims;

•  enquiry of entity staff in tax and compliance functions to identify any instances of non-compliance with laws and 

regulations;

reviewing minutes of meetings of those charged with governance;

reviewing financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with 
applicable laws and regulations; and

• 

• 

•  auditing the risk of management override of controls, including through testing journal entries and other 

adjustments for appropriateness, testing accounting estimates (because of the risk of management bias), and 
evaluating the business rationale of significant transactions outside the normal course of business.

76

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   76
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   76

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:53:41
06/10/2021   11:53:41

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances 
of non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the 
financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not 
detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional 
misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data 
auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing 
complete populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. 
In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the 
sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these 
opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or 
into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

OTHER REQUIRED REPORTING

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

• 

• 

certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

the company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Mark Foster (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
Milton Keynes

5 October 2021

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   77
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   77

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

77

06/10/2021   11:53:42
06/10/2021   11:53:42

Strategic ReportOur FinancialsStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur GovernanceCONTENTS

81

82

80

Consolidated Income Statement
Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income
Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Financial Position
Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity
Company Statement of Changes 
in Equity
Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Cash Flows 
85
Notes to the Financial Statements 86
130
Notice of Meeting
132
Financial Calendar

84

83

78
78

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   78
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   78

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:53:56
06/10/2021   11:53:56

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Financial 
Statements

Stock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.uk
Stock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.uk

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   79
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   79

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

Lumièrepark in Almere, the Netherlands

79
79

06/10/2021   11:54:09
06/10/2021   11:54:09

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceBusiness OverviewOur FinancialsConsolidated Income Statement
For the year ended 30 June 2021

Continuing operations
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Other operating income
Operating profit (before exceptional item)
Exceptional item in respect of Lightronics fire
Operating profit
Finance income
Finance expense
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the year

Notes

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

2

3
3
5
5

6

117,875
(62,484)
55,391
(13,598)
(22,855)
289
19,227
1,566
20,793
615
(1,267)
20,141
(4,329)
15,812

113,342
(63,351)
49,991
(13,434)
(20,489)
264
16,332
–
16,332
708
(1,097)
15,943
(2,629)
13,314

Earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to the equity holders of the Company during  
the year (expressed in pence per share)

Basic and diluted earnings per share
– Basic
– Diluted

Notes
7
7

2021
pence
13.57
13.52

2020
pence
11.45
11.40

The notes on pages 86 to 129 form part of these financial statements.

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present the 
Company income statement.

80

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   80
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   80

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:09
06/10/2021   11:54:09

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2021

Profit for the year:
Other comprehensive (expenses)/income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Revaluation of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Actuarial gain/(loss) on pension scheme
Movement on unrecognised pension scheme surplus
Taxation

21
21

Notes

2021
£’000
15,812

2020
£’000
13,314

(688)
(688)

135
1,758
(1,940)
(236)
(283)

229
229

(834)
(2,039)
1,869
13
(991)

Other comprehensive expense for the year, net of tax

(971)

(762)

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity shareholders

14,841

12,552

The notes on pages 86 to 129 form part of these financial statements.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   81
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   81

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

81

06/10/2021   11:54:10
06/10/2021   11:54:10

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur FinancialsConsolidated and Company Statements of Financial Position
 As at 30 June 2021

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Investment property
Financial assets at amortised cost
Equity accounted investments and joint arrangements
Financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Financial assets at amortised cost
Short-term financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Current income tax liabilities
Total current liabilities
Net current assets
Non-current liabilities
Other payables
Lease liabilities
Provisions for liabilities and charges
Deferred income tax liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Capital redemption reserve
Foreign currency translation reserve
Retained earnings
At 1 July
Profit for the year attributable to the owners
Other changes in retained earnings

Total equity

Company
2021
£’000

2020
£’000

Group

2021
£’000

Notes

8
9
10
11
12
13

14

15
16
12
17
18

19
20

19
20
22
23

24
25
25
25

28,251
19,705
–
1,967
746
–

3,764

54,433

20,389
29,310
1,800
23,603
52,268
127,370
181,803

(39,198)
(226)
(1,040)
(40,464)
86,906

(78)
(435)
(2,242)
(1,591)
(4,346)
(44,810)
136,993

1,189
1,960
137
2,076

2020
£’000

30,574
21,032
–
1,987
1,800
–

3,772

59,165

25,296
21,256
625
18,580
44,422
110,179
169,344

(36,185)
(220)
(831)
(37,236)
72,943

(67)
(417)
(2,721)
(601)
(3,806)
(41,042)
128,302

1,189
1,526
137
2,764

11,018
3,798
14,581
10,184
9,027
–

3,764

52,372

11,528
29,024
1,800
23,603
47,064
113,019
165,391

(33,142)
–
–
(33,142)
79,877

–
–
(706)
(956)
(1,662)
(34,804)
130,587

1,189
1,960
137
–

122,686
15,812
(6,867)
131,631
136,993

117,036
13,314
(7,664)
122,686
128,302

120,336
13,781
(6,816)
127,301
130,587

11,980
4,074
14,581
10,130
12,338
–

3,772

56,875

16,914
22,133
625
18,580
37,218
95,470
152,345

(27,964)
–
–
(27,964)
67,506

–
–
(795)
(398)
(1,193)
(29,157)
123,188

1,189
1,526
137
–

114,398
13,326
(7,388)
120,336
123,188

The notes on pages 86 to 129 form part of these financial statements. 

The financial statements on pages 80 to 85 were approved by the Board on 5 October 2021 and signed on its behalf by

Mike Allcock

Craig Muncaster

Company Registration Number: 317886

82

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   82
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   82

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:14
06/10/2021   11:54:14

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2021

Share
capital
£’000
1,189 

Share
premium
account
£’000
 1,266 

Capital
redemption
reserve
£’000
 137 

Notes

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
£’000
 2,535 

Retained
earnings
£’000

Total
equity
£’000

 117,036   122,163 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (265) 

 (265)

 1,189 

 1,266 

 137 

 2,535 

 116,771   121,898 

21

21

14

23
23

26
27

21

21

14

23
23

26
27

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 13,314 
(2,039) 

 13,314 
(2,039) 

 1,869 

1,869

(834) 

(834) 

81 
(68)

81
(68)

 229 

 – 

 229 

 –   

 –   

 –   

 229 

 12,323 

 12,552 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   
 1,189 

 260 
 – 
 – 
 260 
 1,526 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   
 137 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   
 2,764 

 – 
(6,468) 
 60 
(6,408) 

 260 
(6,468) 
 60 
(6,148) 
 122,686   128,302 

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
1,189

434
–
–
434
1,960

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
137

–
–

–

–

–
–

(688)

15,812
1,758

15,812
1,758

(1,940)

(1,940)

135

135

(59)
(177)

–

(59)
(177)

(688)

(688)

15,529

14,841

–
–
–
–
2,076

–
(6,631)
47
(6,584)

434
(6,631)
47
(6,150)
131,631 136,993

Balance at 30 June 2019
Adjustments on first time adoption of 
IFRS 16 (net of tax)
Restated balance at 1 July 2019
Comprehensive income
Profit for the year to 30 June 2020
Actuarial loss on pension scheme
Movement on unrecognised pension 
scheme surplus
Revaluation of financial assets at fair 
value through other comprehensive 
income
Movement on associated deferred tax
Impact of deferred tax rate change
Exchange differences on translation of 
foreign operations
Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners
Shares issued from exercised options
Dividends paid to shareholders
Share based payment charge
Total transactions with owners
Balance at 30 June 2020
Comprehensive income
Profit for the year to 30 June 2021
Actuarial gain on pension scheme
Movement on unrecognised pension 
scheme surplus
Revaluation of financial assets at fair 
value through other comprehensive 
income
Movement on associated deferred tax
Impact of deferred tax rate change
Exchange differences on translation of 
foreign operations
Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners
Shares issued from exercised options
Dividends paid to shareholders
Share based payment charge
Total transactions with owners
Balance at 30 June 2021

The notes on pages 86 to 129 form part of these financial statements.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   83
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   83

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

83

06/10/2021   11:54:15
06/10/2021   11:54:15

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur FinancialsCompany Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2021

Balance at 30 June 2019
Adjustment on first time adoption of   
IFRS 16 (net of tax)
Restated balance at 1 July 2019
Comprehensive income
Profit for the year to 30 June 2020
Actuarial loss on pension scheme
Movement on unrecognised pension 
scheme surplus
Revaluation of financial assets at fair value 
through other comprehensive income
Movement on associated deferred tax
Impact of deferred tax rate change
Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners
Shares issued from exercised options
Dividends paid to shareholders
Share based payment charge
Total transactions with owners

Balance at 30 June 2020
Comprehensive income
Profit for the year to 30 June 2021
Actuarial gain on pension scheme
Movement on unrecognised pension 
scheme surplus
Revaluation of financial assets at fair value 
through other comprehensive income
Movement on associated deferred tax
Impact of deferred tax rate change
Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners
Shares issued from exercised options
Dividends paid to shareholders
Share based payment charge
Total transactions with owners
Balance at 30 June 2021

Notes

Share
capital
£’000
 1,189 

 – 
 1,189 

Share
premium
account
£’000
 1,266 

Capital
redemption
reserve
£’000
 137 

Retained
earnings
£’000
 114,398 

Total
equity
£’000
 116,990 

 – 
 1,266 

 – 
 137 

 1 
 114,399 

 1 
 116,991 

21

21

14

23
23

26
27

21

21

14

23
23

26
27

 – 
–

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 –   

 – 
 – 
–
–

 – 
–

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 –   

 260 
 – 
–
260

 – 
–

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 –   

 – 
 – 
–
–

 13,326 
(2,039)

 13,326 
(2,039)

1,869 

 1,869 

(834) 

(834) 

81 
 (58) 
 12,345 

 – 
(6,468) 
60
(6,408)

81
(58)
 12,345 

 260 
(6,468)
60
(6,148)

1,189

1,526

137

120,336

123,188

–
–

–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–

13,781
1,758

13,781
1,758

(1,940)

(1,940)

135

135

(59)
(126)
13,549

(59)
(126)
13,549

–
–
–
–
1,189

434
–
–
434
1,960

–
–
–
–
137

–
(6,631)
47
(6,584)
127,301

434
(6,631)
47
(6,150)
130,587

The notes on pages 86 to 129 form part of these financial statements. 

84

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   84
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   84

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:16
06/10/2021   11:54:16

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Consolidated and Company Statements of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes

28

26

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Tax paid
Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangibles
Purchase of investment property
Net sale/(purchase) of financial assets at fair value 
through Other Comprehensive Income
Insurance proceeds re: property, plant and equipment 
lost in fire
Proceeds from sale of other financial assets at fair value 
through profit and loss account
Property rental and similar income

Dividend income
Net (deposit)/withdrawal of short-term financial assets
Interest received
Net receipt/(issue) of loan notes
Net cash (used in)/received from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares
Proceeds from loans
Repayment of borrowings
Settlement of lease liabilities
Payment of lease liabilities
Payment of lease interest
Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders
Net cash used in financing activities
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash
Net increase in cash in the year
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

The notes on pages 86 to 129 form part of these financial statements.

Group

2021
£’000

25,726
(3,853)
21,873

(2,932)
290
(1,756)
–

205

3,057

–

41

186
(5,023)
105
59
(5,768)

434
365
(958)
–
(310)
(39)
(6,631)
(7,139)
(1,120)
7,846
44,422
52,268

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   85
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   85

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

Company
2021
£’000

2020
£’000

18,453
(1,789)
16,664

12,958
(1,896)
11,062

2020
£’000

23,231
(3,848)
19,383

(6,988)
212
(1,719)
–

(1,045)
220
(1,323)
(305)

(61)

205

–

387

92

187
7,903
322
1,156
1,491

260
192
(203)
(1,011)
(265)
(36)
(6,468)
(7,531)
272
13,615
30,807
44,422

–

–

367

5,223
(5,023)
397
1,435
151

434
–
–
–
–
–
(6,631)
(6,197)
(772)
9,846
37,218
47,064

(2,641)
182
(1,472)
(1,237)

(61)

–

387

386

4,368
7,903
492
(837)
7,470

260
–
–
–
(3)
–
(6,468)
(6,211)
126
12,447
24,771
37,218

85

06/10/2021   11:54:17
06/10/2021   11:54:17

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur FinancialsNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2021

1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements and company 
financial statements (the “financial statements”) are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all 
years presented, unless otherwise stated.

FW Thorpe Plc is incorporated in England and Wales. The Company is domiciled in the UK. The Company is a public 
limited company, limited by shares, which is listed on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM) of the London Stock 
Exchange. The address of its registered office is Merse Road, North Moons Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH, 
United Kingdom.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated and company financial statements of FW Thorpe Plc have been prepared in accordance with 
International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. The financial 
statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, under the historical cost convention except for the financial 
instruments measured at fair value either through other comprehensive income or profit and loss per the provisions of 
IFRS 9. 

There are no other standards that are not yet effective that are expected to have a material impact on the group in the 
current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is the Company’s functional and 
presentation currency, rounded to the nearest thousand.

The preparation of financial information in conformity with the basis of preparation described above requires the use of 
certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying 
the Company’s and Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or 
areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial information, are disclosed in the 
critical accounting estimates and judgements section.

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 from presenting the 
Company income statement.

Going concern
The directors confirm they are satisfied that the Group and Company have adequate resources, with £52.3m cash and 
£23.6m short term deposits, to continue in business for the foreseeable future factoring in the expected impact of 
COVID-19. They have also produced an analysis that demonstrates that the Group could cover its cash commitments 
even if there was a reduction of 33% in sales over the following year from approving these accounts. For this reason, 
they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the accounts.

Basis of consolidation
The financial statements for FW Thorpe Plc incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary 
undertakings. 

A subsidiary is a company controlled directly by the Group and all the subsidiaries are wholly owned by the Group. The 
Group achieves control over the subsidiaries by being able to influence financial and operating policies so as to obtain 
benefits from their activities.

Intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated in preparing consolidated financial statements.

Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies 
adopted by the Group.

The Group uses the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations. The consideration 
transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the 
equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability 
resulting from a contingent consideration agreement. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed on a business combination are measured initially 
at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an 
acquisition-by-acquisition basis either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the 
recognised amounts of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

86

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   86
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   86

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:17
06/10/2021   11:54:17

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20211 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Equity accounted investments and joint arrangements
Under IFRS 11, ‘Joint Arrangements’, investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint 
ventures. The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor, rather than the legal 
structure of the joint arrangement. FW Thorpe Plc only has joint operations.

Joint operations
FW Thorpe Plc recognises its direct right to the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of joint operations and its 
share of any jointly held or incurred assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

Equity accounted investments
Under the equity method of accounting, the investments are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to 
recognise the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in profit or loss, and the Group’s share 
of movements in other comprehensive income of the investee in other comprehensive income. Dividends received or 
receivable from associates and joint ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of the investment. 

Where the Group’s share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, 
including any other unsecured long-term receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has 
incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the other entity.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent 
of the Group’s interest in these entities. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence 
of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of equity-accounted investees have been changed where 
necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Revenue recognition
The Group recognises revenue earned from contracts based on individual performance obligations using the five-step 
model. Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of the goods or services are transferred 
to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration the Group is entitled to in exchange for those goods or 
services, excluding VAT, trade discounts and rebates. 

The Group has generally concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements. The amount of revenue is not 
considered to be reliably measurable until all contingencies relating to the sale have been resolved. The Group bases its 
estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics 
of each arrangement. The normal credit terms are 30 to 90 days from delivery, or completion of the service provided.

Revenue from external customers is derived from the supply of light fittings and services to support the sale of these 
light fittings. These services include surveying, project management, installation and commissioning. The transaction 
price for both the light fittings and the service agreements are at fair value as if each of those services are provided 
individually.

Revenue Stream
Light fittings

Services

Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognised at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the 
customer, generally on delivery of the goods
Revenue is recognised over time when the service is performed

The Group considers whether there are other promises in the contract that are separate performance obligations to 
which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated (e.g. service agreements). In determining the transaction 
price for the sale of goods, the Group considers the effects of variable consideration, the existence of significant 
financing components, non-cash consideration, and consideration payable to the customer (if any). 

Interest income
Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis using the effective interest method. When a receivable is 
impaired the Group reduces the carrying amount to its recoverable amount, being the estimated cash flow discounted 
at the original effective interest rate of the instrument, and continues unwinding the discount as interest income.

Interest on impaired loans is recognised using the original effective interest rate.

Dividend income
Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   87
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   87

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

87

06/10/2021   11:54:18
06/10/2021   11:54:18

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-maker. The chief operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing 
performance of the operating segments, is identified as the Group Board.

The Group is organised into ten operating segments based on the products and customer base in the lighting market. 
The largest businesses, on an ongoing basis, are Thorlux and Lightronics Participaties B.V. (which includes the business 
of Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.). The seven remaining operating segments have been aggregated into the “other 
companies” reportable segment based upon their size, comprising the entities Philip Payne Limited, Solite Europe 
Limited, Portland Lighting Limited, TRT Lighting Limited, Thorlux Lighting L.L.C., Thorlux Australasia Pty Limited and 
Thorlux Lighting GmbH.

Pension costs
The Group operates a hybrid defined benefit and defined contribution pension scheme. The Group’s hybrid pension 
scheme provides benefits to members based upon the following:

•  Service before 1 October 1995, benefits provided are defined benefit in nature (the ”pure“ defined benefit element);
•  Service after 1 October 1995, has two elements:

 − For members joining pre-1 October 1995, benefits provided are the maximum of their defined contribution 

pension and their defined benefit pension (the ”defined benefit underpin“ element);

 − For members joining post-1 October 1995, benefits provided are defined contribution in nature (the “pure 

defined contribution” element). 

The contributions of all three elements are paid into one pension scheme, where the contributions and assets are 
segregated and ring-fenced from each other. The assets of the scheme are invested and managed independently 
of the finances of the Group. Pension costs are assessed in accordance with the advice of an independent qualified 
actuary. Costs include the regular cost of providing benefits, which it is intended should remain at a substantially level 
percentage of current and expected future earnings of the employees covered. Variations from the regular pensions 
cost are spread evenly through the income over the remaining service lives of current employees. Contributions made 
to the defined benefit scheme are charged to the income statement in the period in which they are made.

The liability or surplus recognised in the statement of financial position in respect of defined benefit pension plans is 
the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the statement of financial position date less the fair value of plan 
assets, together with adjustments for unrecognised past-service costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated 
annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. In the defined benefit underpin element of 
the scheme the liabilities reflect the greater of the defined contribution or defined benefit liabilities.

For the defined benefit underpin element of the scheme each member is tested to see whether the pension on a 
defined contribution or defined benefit basis is higher. The liabilities shown in the pensions note are based on the 
greater of the two liabilities for each member, which in almost all cases is the defined benefit liability. For the service 
cost, again tests are performed to see which is the higher for each member out of the Company’s share of the defined 
contribution payments or the Company’s share of accruing benefits on a defined benefit basis. The higher of these two 
figures for each member is then used to give the total service cost; again the defined benefit cost is the higher for the 
vast majority of members.

The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows 
using interest rates of high quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be 
paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension liability.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or 
credited to equity in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

Past-service costs are recognised immediately in income, unless the changes to the pension plan are conditional on the 
employees remaining in service for a specified period of time (the vesting period). In this case, the past-service costs are 
amortised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

88

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   88
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   88

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:18
06/10/2021   11:54:18

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 20211 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
For defined contribution plans and pure defined contribution elements, the Group pays contributions to publicly or 
privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. 

The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are 
recognised as employee benefit expense in the income statement as they fall due, or as an accrued or prepaid 
expense. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future 
payments is available. A defined benefit surplus is only recognised if it meets the following criteria: if the Group has an 
unconditional right to a refund; or if the Group can realise it at some point during the life of the plan or when the plan 
liabilities are settled. If the criteria are not met then a defined benefit surplus is not recognised.

Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currency are converted to sterling using the exchange rate applicable to the date of the 
transaction. Foreign currency gains and losses resulting from the settlement of foreign currency transactions at a 
different time are recognised in the income statement. Currency exchange differences arising from holding monetary 
assets or liabilities in a foreign currency are fair valued at the statement of financial position date in accordance with 
prevailing exchange rates and resulting gains or losses are recognised in the income statement.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are separately presented from other items by virtue of their nature, size and/or incidence. They are 
identified separately in order for the reader to obtain a clearer understanding of the underlying results of the ongoing 
Group’s operations, by excluding the impact of items which, in management’s view, do not form part of the Group’s 
underlying operating results.

Taxation
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the 
statement of financial position date in the countries where the Company’s subsidiaries operate and generate taxable 
income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable 
tax regulation is subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts 
expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the 
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the 
deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other 
than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. 
Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the 
statement of financial position date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or 
the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available 
against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures, 
except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that 
the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Dividend distribution
Final dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements 
in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Interim dividends are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements when approved by the directors.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses where 
applicable. Cost includes the original purchase price together with the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its 
working condition for its intended use.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   89
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   89

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

89

06/10/2021   11:54:19
06/10/2021   11:54:19

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to write down the cost less estimated residual value of all plant and 
equipment assets by equal instalments over their expected useful life. Right of use assets are depreciated at the rates 
below according to their asset classification. The rates generally applicable are:

Freehold land
Buildings
Plant and equipment

Nil 
2%–10% 
10%–50%

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, at each statement of financial position 
date. Assets are reviewed for impairment where there is an indication that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised 
within administrative expenses in the income statement.

Leases
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right-
of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except 
for short-term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets. For these 
leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the 
lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the 
leased assets are consumed.

Lease liability: The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the 
commencement date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, the 
Group uses an incremental borrowing rate which is the rate of interest that the lessee would have to pay to borrow over 
a similar term, and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use 
asset in a similar economic environment.

Right-of-use assets: The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease 
payments made at or before the commencement day and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at 
cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period 
of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset.

The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified 
impairment loss in line with the Group’s existing impairment accounting policy.

Short term leases and low value assets
For these leases, payments made under them, are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the lease.

Intangible assets
Development costs
The Group undertakes development activities on an ongoing basis. Part of these costs relate to projects where the 
benefit is received in the short term (less than one year) and part relates to longer term projects where the benefit is 
expected to be received for several years to come. Costs associated with the shorter term activities are expensed as 
and when they are incurred. Costs associated with the longer term projects are capitalised as an intangible asset and 
amortised over the expected life of the benefit at 33.33% per annum commencing when the asset is available for use 
within the business. Development costs are recognised as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:

It is technically feasible to complete the intangible asset so that it will be available for use;

• 
•  Management intends to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;
•  There is an ability to use or sell the intangible asset;
• 
•  Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible 

It can be demonstrated how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;

asset are available; and

•  The expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development can be reliably measured. Other 

development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred. 

90

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   90
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   90

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:19
06/10/2021   11:54:19

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 20211 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Development costs previously recognised as an expense are not recognised as an asset in a subsequent period.

The economic success for development activities is uncertain and carrying amounts are reviewed at each statement of 
financial position date for impairment in accordance with IAS 36.

Development assets are valued at cost less accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses.

Fishing rights
Fishing rights are stated at cost less accumulated impairment where applicable. The rights are not amortised, but 
assessed annually for impairment.

Goodwill
Goodwill is stated at cost less accumulated impairment where applicable. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost 
of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net assets of the acquired subsidiary undertaking at the 
date of acquisition. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate a potential impairment. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s 
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those 
cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination 
in which the goodwill arose.

Software costs
Software costs are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment where applicable. Amortisation 
is calculated on a straight-line basis to write down the cost less estimated residual value over its useful life. The 
amortisation rates are between 20% and 50% per annum.

Patent costs
Patents are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis to write 
down the cost less estimated residual value over its useful life. The amortisation rate is 20%.

Other intangible assets
An intangible asset acquired in a business combination is recognised at fair value to the extent it is probable that the 
expected future economic benefits attributable to the asset will flow to the Group and that its cost can be measured 
reliably. Intangible assets principally relate to brand names and technology that were valued discounting estimated 
future net cash flow from the asset. The cost of intangible assets is amortised through the income statement on a 
straight-line basis over their estimated economic life. The rates generally applicable are:

Technology
Brand name

14% 
14%–20% 

Investment properties
Investment properties are recognised at cost, and then subsequently cost less accumulated depreciation and (if 
applicable) any accumulated impairment losses. Assets are depreciated at the same rates as property, plant and 
equipment assets according to their assets class, freehold land is not depreciated.

In the Company accounts land and buildings (and integral fixtures and fittings) not occupied by the Company are 
included within investment property. 

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost less impairment. Cost includes directly attributable costs of investment. 

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   91
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   91

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

91

06/10/2021   11:54:19
06/10/2021   11:54:19

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Financial Assets
(i) Classification 
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

• 
• 

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or the income statement); and
those to be measured at amortised cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms 
of the cash flows. 

For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in the income statement or OCI. For 
investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Group has made an 
irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other 
comprehensive income (FVOCI). 

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

(ii) Recognition and derecognition
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits 
to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial 
assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership.

(iii) Measurement 
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at 
fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial 
asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in the income statement. 

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows 
are solely payment of principal and interest.

Debt instruments
Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and the 
cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Group classifies its debt 
instruments: 

•  Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely 
payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. Interest income from these financial assets is 
included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is 
recognised directly in the income statement together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses 
are included in either administrative expenses, or finance costs in the income statement dependent on the type of 
asset impaired. 

•  FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ 
cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying 
amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign 
exchange gains and losses which are recognised in the income statement. When the financial asset is derecognised, 
the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognised in 
finance income or costs. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective 
interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in administrative expenses and impairment 
expenses are included in either administrative expenses, or finance costs in the income statement. 

•  FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a 
debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognised in the income statement in the period in 
which it arises.

92

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   92
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   92

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:20
06/10/2021   11:54:20

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 20211 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Equity instruments
The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group’s management has elected 
to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair 
value gains and losses to the income statement following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such 
investments continue to be recognised in the income statement as finance income when the Group’s right to receive 
payments is established. 

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognised in the income statement as applicable. Impairment 
losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from 
other changes in fair value.

(iv) Impairment
The Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried 
at amortised cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant 
increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime 
losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables, see accounting policy for trade receivables for 
further details.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) 
method.

The cost of finished goods and work in progress comprises raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and related 
production overheads based on normal operating capacity. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. Provision is made against the cost of 
slow-moving, obsolete and other stock lines based on the net realisable value. 

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and the Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to 
measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade receivables and contract 
assets. 

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics 
and the days past due. The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period 12 months 
up to the end of the relevant financial year, and the corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this 
period. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic 
factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables, as significant financial difficulties of the debtor, 
probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments. 
The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the amount of the loss is 
recognised in the income statement within “distribution costs”. When a trade receivable is uncollectable, it is written 
off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are 
credited against “distribution costs” in the income statement.

Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale
Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as assets held for sale when their carrying amount is to be 
recovered principally through a sale transaction and a sale is considered highly probable. They are stated at the lower 
of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell if their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a 
sale transaction rather than through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   93
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   93

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

93

06/10/2021   11:54:20
06/10/2021   11:54:20

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Short-term financial assets
Short-term financial assets are defined as cash term deposits with banks with an original term of three months 
and over.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash in hand, on demand deposits and short-term deposits with banks with 
an original term less than three months.

Current asset investments
Current asset investments are valued at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognised in the income statement.

Trade payables
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised in the statement of financial position when a Group company has a present obligation (legal 
or constructive) as a result of a past event; it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will 
be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The amount 
recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the 
statement of financial position date.

If the effect is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. 
A provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, 
and the restructuring has either commenced or has been announced to those affected by it. In accordance with the 
Group’s published environmental policy and applicable legal requirements, a provision for site restoration in respect of 
contaminated land is recognised when land is contaminated.

A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract 
are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract.

Warranty
The Group provides for expected warranty costs covering both specific known warranty claims and calculating 
expected future warranty claims in order to estimate the expected costs that will arise in respect of products sold 
within the remaining warranty periods. The expected future warranty claims provision is calculated by assessing 
historical data, industry failure rates and the Group’s knowledge of products to determine the percentage of sales that 
should be provided for to cover future associated warranty costs.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The presentation of the annual financial statements in accordance with International Accounting Standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 requires the Directors to make judgements, estimates 
and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and 
expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that 
are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. 

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected. The key estimates and 
judgements used in the financial statements are as follows:

94

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   94
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   94

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:21
06/10/2021   11:54:21

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 20211 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Estimates

Goodwill/Investment in subsidiaries
The Group and the Company undertake impairment reviews for cash generating units (CGU) at least 
annually to assess the carrying value of goodwill/investment in subsidiaries and other intangible 
assets. These reviews apply either discounted cash flows forecast, including terminal values and 
growth factors if appropriate, or EBITDA multiples to the forecast financial performance of the CGU. 
Note 9 contains details of reviews that have been carried out. 

Warranty
The Group provides for expected warranty costs covering both specific known warranty claims and 
calculating expected future warranty claims in order to estimate the expected costs that will arise in 
respect of products sold within the remaining warranty periods. The usual warranty period provided 
is between 5 and 10 years, dependant on market requirements. The expected future warranty 
claims provision is calculated by assessing historical data, industry failure rates and the Group’s 
knowledge of products to determine the percentage of sales that should be provided for to cover 
future associated warranty costs. Note 22 contains details of the warranty provision. If the failure rate 
assumption used in the provision calculation were to increase by 5%, then the resulting provision 
would be higher by £92,000.

Retirement benefit obligations
The Group recognises its obligations to employee retirement benefits. The quantification of these 
obligations is subject to significant estimates and assumptions regarding life expectancy, discount 
and inflation rates and the rate of increase in pension payments. In making these assumptions the 
Group takes advice from an independent qualified actuary about which assumptions best reflect the 
nature of the Group’s obligations to employee retirement benefits. These assumptions are regularly 
reviewed by our actuaries Cartwright Benefit Consultants Ltd to ensure their appropriateness. Note 
21 contains details of the retirement benefit obligations.

Inter-company loan impairment
The Company provides for expected credit losses that may arise from under-performing loans to 
subsidiary companies. The expected credit loss is calculated by looking at historical performance and 
the Company’s knowledge of how the subsidiary is likely to perform in the future. Note 12 contains 
details of inter-company loan impairments based on an expected credit loss assumption of 45%. 
If the expected credit loss assumption was to increase to 55% there would be an extra charge of 
£346,000 to the Company.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   95
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   95

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

95

06/10/2021   11:54:21
06/10/2021   11:54:21

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Judgements

Development costs
The Group undertakes development activities and the commercial viability of these activities is 
assessed on a continual basis; as such the Group assesses each new project to determine whether 
development costs incurred should be capitalised within intangible assets or recognised as an 
expense within administrative expenses. The Group determines this classification based on the future 
value of the work based on past experience of similar development projects and the feedback from 
the marketplace about future expectations for technological development. 

Retirement benefit obligations
The Group recognises its obligations to employee retirement benefits. Where the fair value of the 
pension plan assets exceeds the present value of the defined benefit obligation the Group consider 
the amount that can be recognised as an asset within the statement of financial position in line with 
the requirements of IAS 19. A defined benefit surplus is only recognised if it meets the following 
criteria: if the Group has an unconditional right to a refund; or if the Group can realise it at some 
point during the life of the plan or when the plan liabilities are settled. As these criteria are not met 
the Group has decided not to recognise a net retirement benefit asset.

96

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   96
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   96

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:21
06/10/2021   11:54:21

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 20211 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, commodity price 
risk and security price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses 
on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial 
performance. The Group may use derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.

(a) Market risk
(i) Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, 
primarily with respect to the euro, US dollar, Australian dollar and Arab Emirate dirham. Foreign exchange risk arises 
from future commercial transactions denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency as well as 
bank account balances, trade and other receivables as well as trade and other payables denominated in currencies 
other than sterling and net investments in foreign operations. The Group has carried out an exercise to evaluate the 
effect of a movement of 1% in each currency other than sterling, and the results are not significant. The risk is managed 
by maintaining relatively low currency balances and selling or buying currency when required.

(ii) Price risk
The Group is exposed to equity securities price risk because of investments held by the Group and classified on the 
consolidated statement of financial position either as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 
or at fair value through profit or loss.

The Group has investments in UK listed securities of other entities and these are publicly traded on the London Stock 
Exchange. The nature of the list of investments held means the investments can go up and down in value.

The Group holds money market funds that are designated as short term investments and also a range of quoted 
securities that are designated as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income. Management 
has performed an analysis and do not believe there to be a material sensitivity to changes in underlying price indices 
arising from these holdings.

(iii) Commodity price risk
The Group has an exposure to the risk of commodity price changes, in particular, metals. The Group seeks to minimise 
the risk by agreeing prices with major suppliers in advance.

(iv) Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk because it has cash investments and short-term financial assets which are 
mostly interest-bearing. The effect of a reduction in interest rates is to reduce financial income. The Group has no 
exposure to the risk of increased interest cost other than pension scheme interest cost.

(b) Credit risk
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial 
instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to wholesale and retail 
customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. For banks and financial institutions, only 
independently rated parties with a minimum Fitch rating of F1 are accepted. If wholesale customers are independently 
rated, these ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, risk control assesses the credit quality of 
the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are 
set based on internal or external ratings in accordance with limits set by the Board. The utilisation of credit limits is 
regularly monitored. 

(c) Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities and the ability to 
close out market positions. Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve, which comprises 
cash and cash equivalents together with short-term financial assets, see note 17, on the basis of expected cash flow. 
All external current liabilities are expected to mature within four months.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   97
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   97

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

97

06/10/2021   11:54:21
06/10/2021   11:54:21

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Capital risk management
The Group’s policy has been to maintain a strong capital basis in order to maintain investor, customer, creditor and 
market confidence. This sustains future development of the business, safeguarding the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, 
return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. From time to time the Group purchases its own shares in the market; 
the timing of these purchases is dependent on market prices, to ensure such transactions are sufficiently beneficial for 
the Company, its earnings per share and returns to investors. The Group continues to seek to maintain the balance of 
these returns, while strengthening the reserves and equity position of the Company, via continued profitability and 
structured growth.

The Group has a long-standing policy not to utilise debt within the business, providing a robust capital structure even 
within the toughest economic conditions. The Group’s significant cash resources allow such a position, but also require 
close management to ensure that sufficient returns are being generated from these resources. The Group’s policy with 
regard to the cash resources is to ensure they generate sufficient returns, whether by investment in business activities, 
such as plant and equipment, or assessing suitable opportunities to grow the business, or the physical investment of 
these funds to ensure appropriate returns to investors.

The Group is able to maintain its current capital structure because there are no externally imposed capital 
requirements, and there were no changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the year.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern 
in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, and to maintain an optimal capital 
structure to reduce the cost of capital.

Fair value estimation
Financial instruments
Financial instruments that are measured at fair value are disclosed in the consolidated financial statements in 
accordance with the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

i.  Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (level 1)
ii. 

 Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
(that is, as prices), or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (level 2)

iii.  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (level 3)

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined by using valuation 
techniques.

These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as 
possible on entity specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the 
instrument is included in level 2.

Other assets and liabilities
The carrying value less impairment provision of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate their fair 
values. The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual 
cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, 
including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes), is deducted from the equity attributable to 
the Company’s equity holders until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such shares are subsequently reissued, 
any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax 
effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

98

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   98
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   98

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:22
06/10/2021   11:54:22

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 20211 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Share based payments
Senior executives of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share based payments through the executive share 
ownership plan and other employees through a “SAYE” scheme. The fair value of the shares or share options granted is 
recognised over the vesting period to reflect the value of the employee services received. The charge relating to grants 
to employees of the Company is recognised as an expense in the profit and loss account.

The fair value of options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions, is calculated using 
established option pricing models. The probability of meeting non-market vesting conditions, which include 
profitability targets, is used to estimate the number of share options that are likely to vest.

Cash-settled share based payments
The Group has cash-settled share based payments for holders of share appreciation rights holders. A liability is 
recognised equal to the calculated future fair value as at the date of the statement of financial position.

2 SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS
(a) Business segments
The segmental analysis is presented on the same basis as that used for internal reporting purposes. For internal 
reporting FW Thorpe is organised into ten operating segments based on the products and customer base in the 
lighting market – the largest business is Thorlux, which manufactures professional lighting systems for industrial, 
commercial and controls markets. The businesses in the Netherlands, Lightronics and Famostar, are material 
subsidiaries and disclosed separately as Netherlands companies.

The seven remaining operating segments have been aggregated into the “other companies” reportable segment based 
upon their size, comprising the entities Philip Payne Limited, Solite Europe Limited, Portland Lighting Limited, TRT 
Lighting Limited, Thorlux Lighting L.L.C., Thorlux Australasia Pty Limited, Thorlux Lighting GmbH.

FW Thorpe’s chief operating decision-maker (CODM) is the Group Board. The Group Board reviews the Group’s internal 
reporting in order to monitor and assess performance of the operating segments for the purpose of making decisions 
about resources to be allocated. Performance is evaluated based on a combination of revenue and operating profit. 
Assets and liabilities have not been segmented, which is consistent with the Group’s internal reporting.

Thorlux
£’000

Netherlands 
companies
 £’000

Other
companies
£’000

Inter-
segment
adjustments
£’000

Total
continuing
operations
£’000

Year to 30 June 2021
Revenue to external customers
Revenue to other group companies
Total revenue
Operating profit (before exceptional item)
Exceptional item in respect of Lightronics fire
Operating profit
Net finance expense
Profit before income tax

Year to 30 June 2020
Revenue to external customers
Revenue to other group companies
Total revenue
Operating profit
Net finance expense
Profit before income tax

69,969
3,304
 73,273 
 11,694 
–
11,694

31,490
290
 31,780 
 5,402 
 1,566 
6,968

16,416
5,238
 21,654 
 1,722 
–
1,722

–

(8,832) 
(8,832) 
 409 
–
409

65,615
3,164
 68,779 
 10,150 

31,340
234
 31,574 
 4,125 

16,387
4,021
 20,408 
 1,412 

–
(7,419) 
(7,419) 
 645 

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   99
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   99

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

 117,875 
–
 117,875 
 19,227 
 1,566 
20,793

(652) 
 20,141 

 113,342 
–
 113,342 
 16,332 
(389) 
 15,943 

99

06/10/2021   11:54:22
06/10/2021   11:54:22

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials2 SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS CONTINUED
Inter segment adjustments to operating profit consist of property rentals on premises owned by FW Thorpe Plc, 
adjustments to profit related to stocks held within the Group that were supplied by another segment and elimination 
of profit on transfer of assets between Group companies. 

(b)i Geographical analysis
The Group’s business segments operate in four main areas, the UK, the Netherlands, the rest of Europe and the rest of 
the World. The home country of the Company, which is also the main operating company, is the UK.

UK
Netherlands
Rest of Europe
Rest of the World

2021
£’000
74,363
28,879
12,499
2,134
117,875

2020
£’000
69,657
28,748
12,265
2,672
113,342

(b)ii Geographical analysis by product types
The Group’s main business segments primary revenue stream is the sale of light fittings, with some ancillary services 
and commissioning supporting this revenue stream.

2021 (£’000)
UK
Netherlands
Rest of Europe
Rest of the World

2020 (£’000)
UK
Netherlands
Rest of Europe
Rest of the World

3 OPERATING PROFIT

Profit on sale of Property, Plant & Equipment
Depreciation of investment property
Depreciation of Property, Plant & Equipment 

 – owned property 
     – right-of-use assets
Amortisation of intangible assets
Share appreciation rights (with associated share based payment charges)
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Research and development expenditure credit
Government grants
Currency losses/(gains) in income statement

100

Light 
fittings
69,992
28,879
12,499
2,134
113,504

Light  
Fittings
66,733
28,748
12,231
2,671
110,383

Services
4,371
–
–
–
4,371

Services
2,924
–
34
1
2,959

2021
£’000
 (115) 
 20 

 3,104 
 212 
 2,328 
 2,274 
53,370

(289) 
–
 821 

Total
74,363
28,879
12,499
2,134
117,875

Total
69,657
28,748
12,265
2,672
113,342

2020
£’000
(118)
19

2,993
228
2,577
1,978
45,110
(249)
(192)
(461)

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   100
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   100

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:23
06/10/2021   11:54:23

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 20213 OPERATING PROFIT CONTINUED

Services provided by the Company’s auditors
Fees payable to Company’s auditors for audit of financial statements
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and its associates for other services
    – Audit of Company’s subsidiaries

2021
£’000
 247 

20
 267 

2020
£’000
210

 –
210

It is the Group’s practice to employ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on assignments additional to their statutory audit 
duties where their expertise and experience with the Group are important.

Exceptional item in respect of Lightronics fire:
- Insurance proceeds
- Net book value of assets lost
- Other costs incurred

Building
2021
£’000

2,096
(1,062)
 –
 1,034 

Other 
assets
2021
£’000

961
(250)
 (77)
 634

Other
Costs
2021
£’000

318
–
 (425)
 (107) 

Inventory
2021
£’000

5
–
–
5 

Total
2021
£’000

3,380
(1,312)
(502)
 1,566 

An exceptional item has been recognised in the consolidated income statement of £1,566,000 as a result of the 
Lightronics fire on 23 September 2020. All insurance claims have been settled and the building will be rebuilt during 
2021/22.

The income above will be utilised for the rebuild. There is a deferred tax charge of £312,000 related to this recognised in 
the income statement.

4 EMPLOYEE INFORMATION
The average monthly number of employees employed by the Group (including executive directors) during the year is 
analysed below:

Average headcount
Production
Sales and distribution
Administration
Total average headcount

Employment costs of all employees  
(including executive directors)
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs

Group

2021
Number
292
189
215
696

Group

2021
£’000
 28,779 
 3,423 
 1,598 
 33,800 

2020
Number
293
184
211
688

2020
£’000
27,957
3,262
1,504
32,723

Company
2021
Number
182
103
142
427

2020
Number
178
107
145
430

Company
2021
£’000
 17,644 
 2,005 
 983 
 20,632 

2020
£’000
17,803
1,965
969
20,737

Included in wages and salaries are £1,463,000 (2020: £1,821,000) of temporary employees costs.

Other pension costs include contributions to pension schemes and other employer’s pension related charges 
comprising life assurance of £93,000 (2020: £80,000), pension administration and professional charges of £111,000 
(2020: £119,000) and private pension schemes amounting to £5,000 (2020: £15,000).

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   101
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   101

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

101

06/10/2021   11:54:23
06/10/2021   11:54:23

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials4 EMPLOYEE INFORMATION CONTINUED
Contributions to the defined contribution section amounted to £243,000 (2020: £258,000) and contributions to other 
schemes administered independently of the FW Thorpe pension schemes amounted to £963,000 (2020: £849,000).

Directors’ Emoluments
Aggregate emoluments
Contributions to money purchase schemes

Group

2021
£’000
1,836
13
1,849

2020
£’000
1,607
19
1,626

Company
2021
£’000
1,570
13
1,583

2020
£’000
1,356
19
1,375

For the year ended 30 June 2021 no retirement benefits were accruing to any director (2020: nil) under the 
defined benefit scheme and to J E Thorpe (2020: J E Thorpe) under the defined contribution scheme. Additionally 
compensation payments for the loss of pension contributions totalling £240,000 (2020: £245,000) were made to 4 
(2020: 5) directors.

Highest paid director
Total of emoluments and amounts receivable

Group

2021
£’000
461

2020
£’000
427

Company
2021
£’000
461

2020
£’000
427

Compensation payments for the loss of pension contributions for the highest paid director were £41,000 
(2020: £41,000). 

The key management personnel are the Group Board directors.

Further details are provided in the directors’ remuneration report on pages 67 to 70.

5 NET FINANCE EXPENSE

Finance income
Current assets
Interest receivable
Non-current assets
Fair value adjustments on loans
Dividend income on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Net rental income
Loan interest
Gain on disposal of financial assets 

Finance expense
Current liabilities
Interest payable
Lease liability interest expense
Share appreciation rights distribution
Non-current assets
Loan interest

Net finance expense

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

 46 

 177 
 186 
 52 
 92 
 62 
 615 

 7 
 39 
 1,155 

66 
 1,267 
(652) 

 293 

 23 
 187 
 64 
 141 
 – 
 708 

 2 
 36 
 958 

 101
 1,097 
(389)

The share appreciation rights distribution are the dividends from Lightronics Participaties B.V. and Famostar Emergency 
Lighting B.V. due to the former management of Lightronics Participaties B.V.

102

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   102
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   102

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:24
06/10/2021   11:54:24

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2021 
6 INCOME TAX EXPENSE
Analysis of income tax expense in the year: 

Current tax
Current tax on profits for the year
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Total current tax
Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Total deferred tax
Income tax expense

2021
£’000

4,128
(564)
3,564

765
765
4,329

 2020
£’000

3,691
(981)
2,710

(81)
(81)
2,629

The tax assessed for the year is higher (2020: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.00% (2020: 
19.00%). The differences are explained below:

Profit before income tax
Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by the standard rate in the UK of 19% (2020: 19%)
Effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Accelerated tax allowances and other timing differences
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Patent box relief
Foreign profit taxed at higher rate
Tax charge

2021
£’000
20,141
3,827

1,077
238
(564)
(686)
437
4,329

2020
£’000
15,943
3,029

854
17
(981)
(643)
353
2,629

The effective tax rate was 21.49% (2020: 16.49%). Adjustments in respect of prior years relates to refunds received for 
prudent assumptions on additional investment allowances and patent box relief in the tax calculations. 

The UK corporation tax rate of 19% (effective 1 April 2020) was substantively enacted on 17 March 2020. The UK 
corporation tax rate increase from 19% to 25% from 1 April 2023, was substantively enacted in May 2021. This has led 
to an increase in the deferred tax assets and liabilities at 30 June 2021 as these values have been calculated based on a 
rate at which they are expected to crystalise.

7 EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic and diluted earnings per share for profit attributable to equity holders of the Company
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding ordinary shares purchased by the 
Company and held as treasury shares. 

Basic
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue
Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company (£’000)
Basic earnings per share (pence per share) total

2021
 116,511,580 
 15,812 
 13.57 

2020
116,272,709
13,314
11.45

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding ordinary shares purchased by the 
Company and held as treasury shares, plus the number of shares earnt for share options where performance conditions 
have been achieved.

Diluted
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (diluted)
Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company (£’000)
Diluted earnings per share (pence per share) total

2021
 116,938,189 
 15,812 
 13.52 

2020
116,805,366
13,314
11.40

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   103
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   103

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

103

06/10/2021   11:54:25
06/10/2021   11:54:25

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials8 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Group

Freehold 
land and 
buildings
£’000

Plant and
equipment
£’000

Right-
of-use
assets
£’000

 23,552 
 133 
(1,181) 
(410) 
 22,094 

 4,362 
 617 
(283) 
(58) 
 4,638 

 26,933 
 2,435 
(1,548) 
(158) 
 27,662 

 15,955 
 2,487 
(1,013) 
(84) 
 17,345 

 856 
 364 
(276) 
(49) 
 895 

 450 
 212 
(221) 
(24) 
 417 

Total
£’000

 51,341 
 2,932 
(3,005) 
(617) 
 50,651 

 20,767 
 3,316 
(1,517) 
(166) 
 22,400

Company

Freehold 
land and 
buildings
£’000

Plant and
equipment
£’000

Right of 
use
assets
£’000

 6,484 
 45 
–
–
 6,529 

 2,245 
 154 
–
–
 2,399 

 20,356 
 1,000 
(695) 
–
 20,661 

 12,615 
 1,731 
(573) 
–
 13,773 

Total
£’000

 26,840 
 1,045 
(695) 
–
 27,190 

 14,860 
 1,885 
(573) 
–
 16,172 

 11,018 

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–

Cost
At 1 July 2020
Additions
Disposals*
Currency translation
At 30 June 2021
Accumulated 
depreciation
At 1 July 2020
Charge for the year
Disposals*
Currency translation
At 30 June 2021
Net book amount
At 30 June 2021

 17,456 

 10,317 

 478 

 28,251

 4,130 

 6,888 

* Disposals includes the write off of assets as a result of the Lightronics fire.

Group

Company

Freehold 
land and 
buildings
£’000

Plant and
equipment
£’000

Right-
of-use
assets
£’000

Freehold 
land and 
buildings
£’000

Plant and
equipment
£’000

Right of 
use
assets
£’000

Total
£’000

Total
£’000

 – 
 13 
13
–
(13) 
–
–
 – 

6,374 
 – 
6,374
110 
 – 
– 
 –
6,484 

 – 
 2,266 
2,266
 192 
(1,628) 
 – 
 26 
 856 

 24,678 
 13 
24,691
 2,641 
(492)
 –
–
 26,840 

 18,304 
 – 
18,304
 2,531 
(479) 
– 
–
 20,356 

 19,720
 – 
19,720
3,709 
(31) 
 (17) 
 171 
 23,552

 23,851 
 – 
23,851
4,016
(1,005) 
 17 
 54 
 26,933 

 43,571 
 2,266 
45,837
 7,917 
(2,664) 
 – 
 251 
 51,341

Cost
At 30 June 2019
Adoption of IFRS16
At 1 July 2019
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
Currency translation
At 30 June 2020
Accumulated 
depreciation
At 30 June 2019
Adoption of IFRS16
At 1 July 2019
Charge for the year
Disposals
Transfers
Currency translation
At 30 June 2020
Net book amount
At 30 June 2020
Freehold land which was not depreciated at 30 June 2021 amounted to £758,000 (2020: £774,000) (Group) and £500,000 
(2020: £500,000) (Company). 

 18,218 
 908 
19,126
 3,221 
(1,641) 
 – 
 61 
 20,767 

 14,506 
 – 
14,506
 2,331 
(911) 
 2 
 27 
 15,955 

 11,398 
 – 
11,398
 1,623 
(406) 
 – 
–
 12,615 

 13,493 
 9 
13,502
 1,777
(419)
 –
 –
 14,860

 3,712 
 – 
3,712
 662 
(31) 
 (2) 
 21 
 4,362 

 2,095 
 – 
2,095
150 
 – 
 – 
 –
2,245 

 – 
 908 
908
 228 
(699) 
– 
 13 
 450 

 – 
 9 
9
 4 
(13) 
–
–
 – 

 10,978 

 19,190 

 30,574

 11,980

 7,741 

4,239 

 406 

 – 

104

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   104
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   104

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:26
06/10/2021   11:54:26

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 20219 INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Goodwill
£’000

Development
costs
£’000

Technology
£’000

Group 2021
Cost
At 1 July 2020
Additions
Write-offs and transfers
Currency translation
At 30 June 2021
Accumulated 
amortisation
At 1 July 2020
Charge for the year
Write-offs and transfers
Currency translation
At 30 June 2021
Net book amount
At 30 June 2021

15,116
–
–
(685) 
 14,431 

248
–
–
(7) 
 241 

7,357
1,516
(964) 
(38) 
 7,871 

3,902
1,508
(964) 
(31) 
 4,415 

Brand 
name
£’000

1,323
–
–
(66) 
 1,257 

3,000
–
–
(154) 
 2,846 

1,908
373
–
(102) 
 2,179 

980
74
–
(48) 
 1,006 

Software
£’000

Patents
£’000

Fishing 
rights
£’000

Total
£’000

2,573
240
(5) 
3
 2,811 

1,481
373
(5) 
3
 1,852 

150
–
–
–
 150 

150
–
–
–
 150 

182  29,701 
 1,756 
(969) 
(940) 
 182   29,548 

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

 8,669 
 2,328 
(969) 
(185) 
 9,843 

 14,190 

 3,456 

 667 

 251 

 959 

–

 182   19,705 

Write-offs relate to development assets where no further economic benefits will be obtained.

Group 2020
Cost
At 1 July 2019
Additions
Write-offs and transfers
Currency translation
At 30 June 2020
Accumulated 
amortisation
At 1 July 2019
Charge for the year
Write-offs and transfers
Currency translation
At 30 June 2020
Net book amount
At 30 June 2020

Goodwill
£’000

Development
costs
£’000

Technology
£’000

14,921
–
–
 195 
 15,116 

246
–
–
 2 
 248 

7,292
1,322
(1,275) 
 18 
 7,357 

3,441
1,715
(1,275) 
 21 
 3,902 

2,956
–
–
 44 
 3,000 

1,504
371
–
 33 
 1,908 

Brand 
name
£’000

1,304
–
–
 19 
 1,323 

801
162
–
 17 
 980 

Software
£’000

Patents
£’000

Fishing 
rights
£’000

Total
£’000

2,202
397
(26) 
–
 2,573 

1,178
329
(26) 
–
 1,481 

150
–
–
–
 150 

150
–
–
–
 150 

182  29,007 
 1,719 
(1,301) 
 276 
 29,701

–
–
–
 182 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 7,320 
 2,577 
(1,301) 
 73 
 8,669 

 14,868 

 3,455 

 1,092 

 343 

 1,092 

 – 

 182 

 21,032 

Amortisation and impairment of £2,328,000 (2020: £2,577,000) is included in the administrative expenses. Included 
in goodwill are amounts of £2,618,000 (2020: £2,618,000) arising from the acquisition of Portland Lighting Limited in 
2011, €7,784,000 (£6,684,000) (2020: €7,784,000 (£7,091,000)) arising from the acquisition of Lightronics Participaties 
B.V. in 2015 and €5,057,000 (£4,343,000) (2020: €5,057,000 (£4,607,000)) arising from the acquisition of Famostar 
Emergency Lighting B.V. in December 2017. This goodwill is not amortised. The goodwill for Lightronics, Famostar 
and Thorlux Australasia is revalued annually to the closing exchange rate, as it is denominated in euros and Australian 
dollars respectively, with the movement recorded in exchange differences on translation of foreign operations in the 
Statement of Changes in Equity.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   105
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   105

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

105

06/10/2021   11:54:27
06/10/2021   11:54:27

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials9 INTANGIBLE ASSETS CONTINUED
The Group tests intangible assets annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications of impairment, for 
each relevant cash generating unit (CGU). CGUs in the Group comprise the entities FW Thorpe Plc, Lightronics Participaties 
B.V., Lightronics B.V., Philip Payne Limited, Solite Europe Limited, Portland Lighting Limited, TRT Lighting Limited, Thorlux 
Lighting L.L.C., Thorlux Australasia Pty Limited, Thorlux Lighting GmbH and Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V. 

For Portland Lighting Limited the value in use has been determined using cashflow projections covering a five year 
period with a terminal value all discounted at a rate of 7.6%. For prudence, no growth has been assumed from 2022. 
For an impairment to be required, the discount rate would need to exceed 15.4% (Group) and 11.6% (Company: 
investments in subsidiaries). 

For the other CGUs an EBITDA analysis is computed to compare against the net carrying value of the goodwill and other 
intangible assets for each CGU as appropriate. A multiple based on a six times EBITDA, that we consider a reasonable 
multiple for the sector, is used in these computations, except for Famostar B.V. where an EBITDA multiple of five and a 
half has been used.

Due to the timing of the acquisitions that gave rise to the majority of our goodwill held, our assessment also considers 
business performance and likely net realisable value, which must be assessed as part of settlement of related share 
appreciation rights. At expected levels of EBITDA we consider that our goodwill is fully recoverable with headroom 
on the Lightronics and Famostar CGUs of £20m in the Group and £12m in the Company (investments in subsidiaries, 
financial assets at amortised cost and amounts due from Group companies). 

Company 2021
Cost
At 1 July 2020
Additions
Write-offs and transfers
At 30 June 2021
Accumulated amortisation
At 1 July 2020
Charge for the year
Write-offs and transfers
At 30 June 2021
Net book amount
At 30 June 2021

Development
costs
£’000

Software
£’000

Patents
£’000

Fishing
rights
£’000

 5,081 
 1,101 
–
 6,182 

 2,262 
 1,234 
–
 3,496 

 2,574 
 222 
–
 2,796 

 1,501 
 365 
–
 1,866 

 150 
 – 
–
 150 

 150 
 – 
–
 150 

 182 
 – 
–
 182 

 – 
 – 
–
 – 

Total
£’000

 7,987 
 1,323 
–
 9,310 

 3,913 
 1,599 
–
 5,512 

 2,686 

 930 

 – 

 182 

 3,798 

Write-offs relate to development assets where no further economic benefits will be obtained.

Development
costs
£’000

Software
£’000

Patents
£’000

Fishing 
rights
£’000

 5,275 
 1,081 
(1,275) 
 5,081 

 2,258 
 1,279 
(1,275) 
 2,262 

 2,183 
 391 
– 
 2,574 

 1,190 
 311 
– 
 1,501 

 150 
 – 
– 
 150 

 150 
 – 
– 
 150 

 182 
 – 
– 
 182 

 – 
 – 
– 
 – 

Total
£’000

 7,790 
 1,472 
(1,275) 
 7,987 

 3,598 
 1,590 
(1,275) 
 3,913 

 2,819 

 1,073 

 –  

 182  

 4,074 

Company 2020
Cost
At 1 July 2019
Additions
Write-offs and transfers
At 30 June 2020
Accumulated amortisation
At 1 July 2019
Charge for the year
Write-offs and transfers
At 30 June 2020
Net book amount
At 30 June 2020

106

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   106
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   106

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:28
06/10/2021   11:54:28

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 20219 INTANGIBLE ASSETS CONTINUED
For development costs, the Group capitalises employee costs and directly attributable material costs necessary to 
design, construct and test new and improved product ranges and technology. These costs are only capitalised where 
they meet all the criteria set out in IAS 38.

Where development costs relate to products or technologies that are not expected to generate future economic 
benefits, do not meet the requirements of IAS 38 or relate to research, they are charged to the income statement.

10 INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES
The cost of investment in subsidiaries is as follows:

Investment in subsidiaries – cost

The movement in the investment and provisions is as follows:

At 1 July 2020 and 30 June 2021

Company
2021
£’000
14,581

2020
£’000
14,581

Costs 
£’000

Provision 
£’000

14,581

–

Impairment for investments in subsidiaries has been considered within the headroom shown in note 9.

11 INVESTMENT PROPERTY 

Cost
At 1 July
Additions
Disposals
At 30 June
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 July
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 30 June
Net book amount
At 30 June

Group

2021
£’000

2,259
–
(33)
2,226

272
20
(33)
259

2020
£’000

2,259
–
–
2,259

253
19
–
272

Company
2021
£’000

11,448
305
(44)
11,709

1,318
240
(33)
1,525

2020
£’000

10,211
1,237
–
11,448

1,080
238
–
1,318

1,967

1,987

10,184

10,130

The following amounts have been recognised in the income statement:

Rental income
Direct operating expenses arising from investment  
properties that generate rental income

Group

2021
£’000
137

2020
£’000
142

Company
2021
£’000
463

2020
£’000
408

(105)

(98)

(325)

(316)

The investment property and land owned by the Group consists of property held for investment purposes, a property 
with land and fishing rights by the River Wye, and land designated for woodland in Monmouthshire. The associated 
fishing rights for the property by the River Wye are included in intangible assets. 

Investment property of £1,296,000 (2020: £1,296,000) is freehold land and therefore not depreciated; the property 
element includes accumulated depreciation of £259,000 (2020: £272,000) which relates to the property occupied by 
Mackwell Electronics Limited. This investment property has been independently valued and has a market value that is 
not materially higher than its cost.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   107
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   107

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

107

06/10/2021   11:54:28
06/10/2021   11:54:28

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials11 INVESTMENT PROPERTY CONTINUED
An external fair value exercise of the land by the River Wye and the land in Monmouthshire was last undertaken in June 
2019 resulting in a valuation of £1.57m, which is greater than the carrying value of those specific investment properties. 
The directors’ valuation of this investment property for the year ended 30 June 2021 shows no material change.

The Company’s investment properties consist of land and buildings used by subsidiaries in their normal course 
of business. The Company receives rental income from the subsidiaries for the use of these premises and incurs 
amortisation costs. 

Each investment property generates rental income.

12  FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST 
The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost only if both of the following criteria are met: 

• 
• 

the asset is held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows; and
the contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest. 

Financial assets at amortised cost include the following debt investments. The Group applied the expected credit risk 
model to calculate the impairment provision.

Mackwell Electronics Limited
Following the disposal of Mackwell Electronics Limited on 2 December 2011, the Group acquired loan notes of 
£2,000,000 as part of the consideration. £377,000 was repaid during the year (2020: £nil), leaving a balance due at 1% 
over the Bank of England base rate of £nil (2020: £377,000). 

As the loan has been fully repaid the Group and Company have released the provision that was included in the 
previous financial statements. As at the date of these financial statements, the provision is £nil (2020: £177,000) for 
these loan notes. 

During 2018, £1,500,000 in new loans were provided to Mr N Brangwin, a director and main shareholder in Mackwell 
Electronics Limited, making a total of £1,800,000, with interest payable at 4% over the Bank of England base rate. This 
loan is secured against Mr Brangwin’s shareholding in FW Thorpe Plc. No repayment was received during the year. 

This debt investment is considered to have a minimal risk of default due to the collateral that is held as security, and 
therefore the impairment provision is determined as 12 months expected credit losses. As at the date of these financial 
statements, no provision was recorded. 

Therefore the total balance due from Mackwell and its directors is £1,800,000 (2020: £2,000,000) after provisions.

Luxintec S.L.
During the year loan notes of €869,000 (£746,000) were provided to Luxintec S.L., an investment in the company is held 
under financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, with ordinary interest payable at 1.5% fixed 
rate payable quarterly. This loan is secured against the company assets.

This debt investment is considered to have a minimal risk of default due to the collateral that is held as security, and 
therefore the impairment provision is determined as 12 months expected credit losses. As at the date of these financial 
statements, no provision was recorded. 

At the date of the financial statements, the loan notes balance was €869,000 (2020: €nil) equating to £746,000 
(2020: £nil) at the end of year exchange rate.

108

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   108
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   108

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:29
06/10/2021   11:54:29

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 202112  FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST CONTINUED
Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.
Part of the acquisition of Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V. included partial funding of the 35% share appreciation 
rights held by the existing rights holders in Lightronics Participaties B.V. This was achieved by the issue of a loan of 
€1,640,000. During the year €467,000 was repaid and at the date of the financial statements, the loan notes balance was 
€nil (2020: €467,000) equating to £nil (2020: £425,000) at the end of year exchange rate. 

We assess the credit risk of our loan note receivables, based on the creditworthiness of the counterparty, history of 
repayment and security in place, and where required provisions are made.

At 1 July
Issued
Repaid
Fair value adjustment
Exchange rate movement
At 30 June

Analysis of total financial assets at amortised cost 
Non-current
Current 

Group

2021
£’000
2,425
746
(802)
177
–
2,546

Group

2021
£’000
746
1,800
2,546

2020
£’000
3,567
–
(1,136)
23
(29)
2,425

2020
£’000
1,800
625
2,425

Company
2021
£’000
12,963
1,151
(2,655)
(143)
(489)
10,827

Company
2021
£’000
9,027
1,800
10,827

2020
£’000
12,115
2,283
(1,484)
(114)
163
12,963

2020
£’000
12,338
625
12,963

The £1,151,000 loans issued by the Company are £746,000 issued to Luxintec S.L. as above and £405,000 to Thorlux 
Lighting L.L.C.

The debt investment to Lightronics Participaties B.V. of €8,549,000 (£7,341,000) has shown no significant increase in 
credit risk since the inception of the loan, and therefore the impairment provision is determined as 12 months expected 
credit losses. As at the date of these financial statements, no provision was recorded.

The debt investment to Thorlux Lighting L.L.C. of £1,590,000 is considered to be underperforming and therefore 
the impairment provision is determined as lifetime expected credit losses. As at the date of these financial statements, 
the Company has made a provision of £650,000 (2020: £261,000) for these loan notes based on an expected credit loss 
of 45%.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   109
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   109

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

109

06/10/2021   11:54:29
06/10/2021   11:54:29

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials13 EQUITY ACCOUNTED INVESTMENTS AND JOINT ARRANGEMENTS
The Group has a joint operation in the United Arab Emirates. Thorlux Lighting L.L.C. is registered in the United Arab 
Emirates and operates from a sales office in Abu Dhabi. The Group has applied the proportionate consolidation 
method of accounting to recognise this interest. 

The Group invested €1,200,000 for 40% of the share capital of Luxintec S.L., a company based in Spain, in 2016. In the 
previous year, this was reclassified to financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income as the Group is 
not able to assert influence over the management of this investment.

The Group assesses on a forward looking basis the associated expected credit losses and the impairment methodology 
applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk, as allowed under IFRS 9. As at the date 
of these financial statements, no provision was recorded for the Group.

At 1 July
Reclassification to financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income
At 30 June

Group

2021
£’000
–

–

–

2020
£’000
936

(936)

–

Company
2021
£’000
–

–

–

14  FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

Group and Company
Beginning of year
Net (disposals)/additions
Reclassification from equity accounted investments and joint arrangements
Reclassification to trade and other receivables
Revaluation
At 30 June

2021
£’000
3,772
(143)
–
–
135
3,764

2020
£’000
936

(936)

–

2020
£’000
3,683
61
936
(74)
(834)
3,772

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on the trade date – the date on which the Group 
commits to purchase or sell the asset. Investments are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs for all 
financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights 
to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred 
substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income are 
subsequently carried at fair value.

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income comprise:

i)  Listed equity in the UK, and are denominated in UK pounds. None of these assets is either past due or impaired; and

ii) The Group invested €1,200,000 for 40% of the share capital of Luxintec S.L., a company based in Spain, in 2016.

An impairment of £529,000 (2020: £407,000) is included in the revaluation amount of £135,000 for the investment in 
Luxintec S.L. based on the fair value assessment of this investment.

Classified as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income as the Group is not able to assert 
influence over the management of this investment.

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting year whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a 
group of financial assets is impaired. For equity investments classified as financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is evidence 
that the assets are impaired. If any such evidence exists for financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive 
income, the cumulative loss – measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, 
less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised in profit or loss – is removed from equity 
and recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement. Impairment losses recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the Consolidated Income Statement. 

110

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   110
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   110

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:30
06/10/2021   11:54:30

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 2021  
15 INVENTORIES 

Raw materials
Work in progress
Finished goods

Group

2021
£’000
 14,992 
 2,228 
 3,169 
20,389

2020
£’000
16,257
2,964
6,075
25,296

Company
2021
£’000
 6,853 
 1,687 
 2,988 
11,528

2020
£’000
8,654
2,379
5,881
16,914

The value of the inventory provision is £2,928,000 (2020: £3,308,000) for the Group and £1,475,000 (2020: £1,702,000) for 
the Company.

16 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
Amounts owed by subsidiaries
Total

Group

2021
£’000
 25,599 
 1,982 
 1,729 
–
29,310

2020
£’000
18,945
941
1,370
–
21,256

Company
2021
£’000
 17,103 
 1,837 
 1,014 
 9,070 
29,024

2020
£’000
12,064
833
986
8,250
22,133

Amounts owed by subsidiaries, except cash balances, are unsecured, interest free and have no fixed date for 
repayment. Amounts owed in relation to cash balances generate interest in line with the Group’s deposit facilities.

Trade receivables past due date not provided

Group

2021
£’000
 3,339 

2020
£’000
1,734

Company
2021
£’000
 2,476 

2020
£’000
1,157

A significant proportion of the amounts past due date were settled shortly after the end of the financial year, and taken 
together with the credit insurance policy and good credit history, the directors consider that there is no impairment 
and the trade receivables are therefore stated at their fair value, which equals their book value.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected 
loss allowance for all trade receivables and contract assets. A significant proportion of the trade receivables are 
insured. The policy covers 90% of the debt in the event of a claim for default, where the customer is in severe financial 
difficulty. No bad debt provision is made in respect of trade receivables from Government departments or agencies. 
At 30 June 2021 the bad debt provision for the Group amounted to £180,000 (2020: £154,000) and for the Company 
£23,000 (2020: £27,000).

No provision is held against trade receivables that are not yet due, due to the good credit history and expected 
financial performance of customers and the overall exposure is considered low due to levels of credit insurance in 
place. Credit limits are reviewed at least every 6 months to assess and amend, where appropriate, the credit limit 
offered to customers.

Included in amounts owed by subsidiaries are provisions for expected credit losses for Thorlux Lighting L.L.C. of 
£264,000 (2020: £442,000) and Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited of £643,000 (2020: £497,000), based on an expected 
credit loss of 45%.

During the year the following amounts were written off (excluding amounts owed by subsidiaries): 

Bad debts written off
Bad debts recovered
Net bad debt expense

Group

2021
£’000
 26 
(5) 
21

2020
£’000
47
(41)
6

Company
2021
£’000
–
–
–

2020
£’000
41
(40)
1

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   111
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   111

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

111

06/10/2021   11:54:30
06/10/2021   11:54:30

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials16 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES CONTINUED

At 30 June 2021, trade receivables were due to the Group and Company in the following currency denominations:

Due in £ sterling
Due in € euro
Due in UAE dirham
Due in AUD Australian dollars
Due in $ United States dollars

Group

2021
£’000
 18,217 
 7,166 
 82 
 134 
–
25,599

2020
£’000
12,525
5,826
312
128
154
18,945

Company
2021
£’000
 15,232 
 1,871 
–
–
–
17,103

2020
£’000
11,192
718
–
–
154
12,064

The other assets within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned 
above. The Group does not hold any collateral as security. 

17 SHORT-TERM FINANCIAL ASSETS 

Group and Company
Beginning of year
Net deposits/(withdrawals)

2021
£’000
18,580
5,023
23,603

2020
£’000
26,483
(7,903)
18,580

The short-term financial assets consist of term cash deposits in sterling with an original term in excess of three months. 

The banks where the deposits are held have a minimum rating of “A” by Fitch, with a specific rating of “F1” for short-
term funds. 

18 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

Cash at bank and in hand

Group

2021
£’000
52,268

2020
£’000
44,422

Company
2021
£’000
47,064

2020
£’000
37,218

The banks where the funds are held have a minimum rating of “A” by Fitch, with a specific rating of “F1” for short-term 
funds.

112

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   112
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   112

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:31
06/10/2021   11:54:31

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 202119 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 

Current liabilities
Trade payables
Contract liabilities
Other payables
Social security and other taxes
Accruals and deferred income
Amounts owed to subsidiaries

Non-current liabilities
Other payables

Group

2021
£’000
 10,600 
 1,360 
 17,048 
 2,289 
 7,901 
–
39,198

 78 
 78 

2020
£’000
9,069
414
16,948
2,447
7,307
–
36,185

67
67

Company
2021
£’000
 7,149 
 1,359 
 16,060 
 849 
 5,242 
 2,483 
33,142

–
–

2020
£’000
6,018
414
12,826
1,236
5,085
2,385
27,964

–
–

Amounts owed to subsidiaries, except cash balances, are unsecured, interest free and have no fixed date of repayment. 
Amounts owed in relation to cash balances generate interest in line with the Group’s deposit facilities.

Included within other payables in current liabilities is a commitment to purchase the outstanding share appreciation 
rights (deferred consideration) in the subsidiaries Lightronics Participaties B.V. and Famostar Emergency Lighting 
B.V. of £16,593,000 (2020: £15,550,000), including a loan of £899,000 (2020: £1,971,000) from Spuiweg Holding B.V. 
For the Company, the commitment to purchase the outstanding share appreciation rights (deferred consideration) is 
£15,694,000 (2020: £12,429,000).

Non-current liabilities relates to post employment benefits at Thorlux Australasia Pty Limited and Thorlux 
Lighting L.L.C.

20 LEASE LIABILITIES
Right-of-use assets

At 1 July 2019
Additions*
Depreciation charge for the year
Lease termination
Currency translation
At 30 June 2020
Additions*
Depreciation charge for the year
Lease termination
Currency translation
At 30 June 2021

Property 
£’000
 929 
 – 
–
(929)
– 
–
–
– 
–
–
–

Plant and 
equipment 
£’000
 32 
 56 
(23 (23)
–
2 
67
5
(20) 
(2) 
(2) 
48

Motor 
vehicles 
£’000
 397 
 136 
(205)
–
11 
339
359
(192) 
(53) 
(23) 
430

Total 
£’000
 1,358 
 192 
(228)
(929)
13 
406
364
(212) 
(55) 
(25) 
478

* Additions comprise increases to right-of-use assets as a result of entering into new leases.

Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities recognised at 30 June 2021 total £661,000 (2020: £637,000) of which £226,000 (2020: £220,000) is due 
within one year and £435,000 (2020: £417,000) due after more than one year. There are no contractual options to either 
extend or terminate early lease agreements.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   113
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   113

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

113

06/10/2021   11:54:32
06/10/2021   11:54:32

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials 
20 LEASE LIABILITIES CONTINUED
Maturity analysis
The timing of the payments due over the remaining lease term for these liabilities is as follows:

2021
Within one year
More than one but less than five years
More than five years
Total due including interest

The total cash paid on these leases during the year was £349,000.

2021
Expense relating to short-term leases 
Expense relating to low value leases

Total 
£’000
 226 
 434 
 1 
661

£’000
146
12

21 PENSION SCHEME 
The Group operates a funded hybrid pension scheme for employees in the UK. The scheme is approved by H.M. 
Revenue and Customs under Chapter 1 Part XIV of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988. Membership is 
contracted in to the second state pension. The basis of the Group’s hybrid pension scheme is to provide benefits to 
members based on the following:

•  For service prior to 1 October 1995, the benefits provided are defined benefit in nature.
•  For service from 1 October 1995, the benefits provided have two elements depending on the date that the member 

joined the pension scheme.

•  For members joining before 1 October 1995, benefits provided are the higher of their defined contribution pension 

and their defined benefit pension.

•  For members joining on or after 1 October 1995, benefits provided are defined contribution in nature.

The contributions of the pure defined contribution, the defined benefit underpin and pure defined benefit elements 
are paid into one pension scheme, where the contributions and assets are segregated and ring-fenced from each other.

For the defined benefit underpin element of the scheme, each member is tested to see whether the pension on a 
defined contribution or defined benefit basis is higher. The liabilities shown in the pensions note are based on the 
greater of the two liabilities for each member, which in almost all cases is the defined benefit liability. For the service 
cost, again, tests are performed to see which is the higher for each member out of the Company’s share of the defined 
contribution payments or the Company’s share of accruing benefits on a defined benefit basis. The higher of these two 
figures for each member is then used to give the total service cost; again the defined benefit cost is the higher for the 
vast majority of members.

The assets of the scheme are held separately from the assets of the Group, being invested in Managed Funds. 
Contributions by the Group to the scheme during the year ended 30 June 2021 amounted to £614,000 (2020: £616,000). 
Contributions are determined by an independent qualified actuary on the basis of triennial valuations using the Project 
Unit Method.

The date of the most recent actuarial valuation was 30 June 2018, and at that date the value of the fund was 
£39,556,000. This was sufficient to cover 102% of the value of the benefits accrued to members after allowing for future 
increases in earnings. In arriving at the actuarial valuation, the following assumptions were adopted:

Price inflation
Salary increases
Discount rate
Revaluation for deferred pensioners

3.40%
5.05%
2.60%
2.60%

114

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   114
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   114

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:32
06/10/2021   11:54:32

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 202121 PENSION SCHEME CONTINUED
The figures at 30 June 2018 have been updated as at the Statement of Financial Position dates in order to assess the 
additional disclosures required under IAS 19 as at 30 June 2021 by an independent qualified actuary using the following 
major assumptions:

Price inflation
Salary increases
Discount rate
Revaluation for deferred pensioners
Pension increases in payment of 5% pa or RPI if less
Pension increases in payment of 2.5% pa or RPI if less
Life expectancy at age 65 – men
Life expectancy at age 65 in 20 years – men

Life expectancy at age 65 – women
Life expectancy at age 65 in 20 years – women

2021
3.50%
3.50%
1.80%
2.80%
3.30%
2.20%
22.1 years
23.4 years

24.3 years
25.4 years

2020
3.30%
3.30%
1.40%
2.30%
3.10%
2.10%

2019
3.50%
3.50%
2.10%
2.50%
3.30%
2.20%

2017
3.50%
3.50%
2.60%
2.50%
3.30%
2.20%
22.5 years 22.5 years 23.1 years 23.0 years
23.6 years 23.5 years 24.8 years 24.7 years

2018
3.40%
3.40%
2.70%
2.40%
3.20%
2.10%

24.7 years 24.7 years 25.4 years 25.3 years
25.9 years 25.9 years 27.2 years 27.1 years

The Statement of Financial Position figures required under IAS 19 are as follows:

30 June 2021

30 June 2020

30 June 2019

30 June 2018

30 June 2017

Expected 
long-
term rate 
of return
% 

Value
£’000
1.8% 13,269
1.8% 26,458
1.8% 2,832

Expected 
long-
term rate 
of return
%

Value
£’000
1.4% 11,003
1.4% 29,549
2,300
1.4%

Expected 
long-
term rate 
of return
%

Value
£’000
2.70% 12,570
2.70% 26,618
2,387
2.70%

Expected 
long-
term rate 
of return
%

Value
£’000
2.70% 13,154
2.70% 24,769
1,665
2.70%

Expected 
long-
term rate 
of return
%

Value
£’000
2.60% 12,152
2.60% 25,859
413
2.60%

42,559

42,852

41,575

39,588

38,424

(40,350)

(42,583)

(39,437)

(37,259)

(37,710)

2,209

269

2,138

2,329

714

Equities
Bonds 
Other
Total market 
value of assets
Present value 
of scheme 
liabilities
Surplus in the 
scheme

Amounts recognised in Statement of Financial Position
The amounts recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are determined as follows:

Present value of funded obligations
Fair value of plan assets
Surplus in the scheme
Less restriction of surplus recognised in the Statement of Financial Position
Asset recognised in the Statement of Financial Position

2021
£’000
(40,350)
42,559
2,209
(2,209)
–

2020
£’000
(42,583)
42,852
269
(269)
–

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   115
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   115

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

115

06/10/2021   11:54:33
06/10/2021   11:54:33

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials21 PENSION SCHEME CONTINUED
Movement in defined benefit obligation
The movement in the defined benefit obligation over the year is as follows:

At 1 July
Current service cost
Interest cost
Contributions by plan participants
Actuarial loss
Benefits paid
At 30 June

Movement in the fair value of the plan assets
The movement in the fair value of the plan assets of the year is as follows:

At 1 July
Expected return in plan assets
Actuarial gains
Employer contributions
Employee contributions
Benefits paid
At 30 June

Amounts recognised in Income Statement
The amounts recognised in the Income Statement are as follows:

Current service cost

Actuarial loss recognised in Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets
Experience losses arising on the scheme liabilities
Changes in assumptions underlying the present value on the scheme liabilities
Net interest income
Restriction of decrease in pension scheme surplus
Actuarial loss recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income

Cumulative actuarial loss recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income at 1 July
Actuarial gain/(loss) recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year
Cumulative actuarial loss recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income at 30 June

2021
£’000
(42,583)
(432)
(583)
(272)
964
2,556
(40,350)

2021
£’000
42,852
588
789
614
272
(2,556)
42,559

2021
£’000
432

2021
£’000
789
(951)
1,915
5
(1,940)
(182)

2021
£’000
(6,486)
1,758
(4,728)

2020
£’000
(39,437) 
(446) 
(818) 
(328) 
(3,302) 
1,748 
(42,583) 

2020
£’000
41,575 
864 
1,217 
616 
328 
(1,748) 
42,852 

2020
£’000
446

2020
£’000
1,217 
(171) 
(3,131) 
46 
1,869 
(170)

2020
£’000
(4,447) 
(2,039) 
(6,486)

116

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   116
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   116

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:34
06/10/2021   11:54:34

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 202121 PENSION SCHEME CONTINUED
The restriction in the scheme surplus is excluded from the cumulative actuarial gain recognised in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. As a result of the most recent valuation, and in light of the non-recognition of the pension 
scheme surplus, the recovery plan liability of £189,000 (2020: £189,000) is included in other payables.

The expected return on plan assets is determined by considering the expected returns available on the assets 
underlying the current investment policy. Expected yields on fixed interest investments are based on gross redemption 
yields as at the Statement of Financial Position date. Expected returns on equity and property investments reflect long-
term real rates of return experienced in the respective markets.

The actual return on plan assets over the year ended 30 June 2021 was £1,377,000 (2020: £2,081,000) or 3.2% (2020: 
3.1%). The Group expects to pay £602,000 contributions (2020: £634,000) into the pension scheme during the 
forthcoming year.

History of experience gains and losses recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income 

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

£’000

% £’000

% £’000

% £’000

% £’000

%

Difference between the expected 
and actual return on scheme assets
Percentage of scheme assets
Experience (loss)/gain  
on scheme liabilities
Percentage of the present  
value of scheme liabilities
Changes in assumptions  
underlying the present value 
 of the scheme liabilities
Percentage of the present value  
of scheme liabilities
Movement in recovery plan liability
Percentage of the present  
value of scheme liabilities
Net interest income
Percentage of the present  
value of scheme liabilities
Amount which has been  
recognised in the SOCI
Percentage of the present  
value of scheme liabilities

789

1,217 

1,755

592

2,121

2%

3% 

(951)

(171) 

(294)

2%

0% 

4%

1%

1.5%

214

(1,129)

(0.6%)

1,915

(3,131) 

(1,901)

632

(2,254)

–

5

(5%)

0%

0%

– 

46 

7% 

0% 

0% 

–

66

5%

0%

0%

–

21

(1.7%)

0%

0%

–

51

1,758

(2,039) 

(374)

1,459

(1,211)

4%

5% 

1%

4%

6%

3%

6%

0%

0%

3%

Sensitivity analysis
The impact on the defined benefit obligation of changes in the significant assumptions is shown approximately below:

Assumption varied
As at 30 June 2021
Discount rate 0.5% p.a. higher
Increase in salaries 0.5% p.a. higher
Pension increase (in payment and in deferment) 0.5% p.a. higher
Life expectancy one year longer

Defined 
benefit 
obligation 
£m
40.4
38.3
40.5
41.5
41.5

The figures assume that each assumption is changed independently of the others. Therefore, the disclosures are only a 
guide because the effect of changing more than one assumption is not cumulative.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   117
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   117

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

117

06/10/2021   11:54:34
06/10/2021   11:54:34

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials22 PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES 

At 1 July 2019
Additions
Utilisation
Surplus
Currency translation
At 1 July 2020
Additions
Utilisation
Surplus
Currency translation
At 30 June 2021

Analysis of total provisions
Non-current
Total

WEEE 
provision
£’000
 102 
 –   
 –   
–
 –   
 102 
–
–
(102)
–
–

Group
Warranty  
provision
£’000
 2,302 
 559 
(200) 
(65)
23 
 2,619 
611
(478)
(428)
(82)
2,242

WEEE  
provision
£’000
 102 
 –   
 –   
–
 –   
 102 
–
–
(102)
–
–

Company

Warranty  
provision
£’000
 364 
 368 
(39) 
–
– 
 693 
432
(419)
–
–
706

Total
£’000
 2,404 
 559 
(200) 
(65)
23 
 2,721 
611
(478)
(530)
(82)
2,242

Total
£’000
 466 
 368 
(39) 
–
 –   
 795 
432
(419)
(102)
–
706

Group

2021
£’000
 2,242 
 2,242 

2020
£’000
2,721
2,721

Company
2021
£’000
706 
 706 

2020
£’000
795
795

WEEE provision
A potential liability was previously assessed for the future cost of disposal of products under the WEEE legislation for 
a transitional period between the adoption of the WEEE legislation in the European Union in August 2005 and the 
effective date in the UK of 1 July 2007.

From 1 July 2007 the Group has followed Regulation 9 of the legislation and amended the terms of sale to its customers 
so that the customer is responsible for the actual costs of WEEE at the time of disposal. The assessment was updated 
at the date of the financial statements where it was determined that no liability exists, consequently the provision was 
released.

Warranty provision
The usual warranty period provided by Group companies is between 5 and 10 years ,dependant on market 
requirements, and the provision for warranty is based on expected claims over the remaining warranty period. This is 
calculated in accordance with the accounting policy estimates section included in note 1. 

23 DEFERRED INCOME TAX
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax 
assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The offset 
amounts are as follows:

Group

2021
£’000
–
(1,591)
(1,591)

2020
£’000
–
(601)
(601)

Company
2021
£’000
–
(956)
(956)

2020
£’000
–
(398)
(398)

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities

118

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   118
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   118

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:35
06/10/2021   11:54:35

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 202123 DEFERRED INCOME TAX CONTINUED
The net movement on the deferred income tax account is as follows:

Beginning of year
Adoption of IFRS 16
Income statement (charged)/credited
Tax (charged)/credited directly to equity
Currency translation
End of year

Group

2021
£’000

(601)
–
(765)
(236)
11
(1,591)

2020
£’000

(699)
5
81
13
(1)
(601)

Company
2021
£’000

(398)
–
(373)
(185)
–
(956)

2020
£’000

(493)
1
71
23
–
(398)

The movement in Group deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration 
the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows: 

Deferred tax asset
At 1 July 2019
Charged to the income statement
At 1 July 2020
Charged to the income statement
At 30 June 2021

Deferred tax liabilities
At 1 July 2019
Adoption of IFRS 16
Charged/(credited) to the income statement
(Charged)/credited directly to equity
Currency translation
At 1 July 2020
Charged/(credited) to the income statement
(Charged)/credited directly to equity
Currency translation
At 30 June 2021

Accelerated tax 
depreciation 
£’000
150
–
107
13
–
270
253
80
(10)
593

Research & 
development 
£’000
668
–
(100)
69
1
638
(13)
193
(2)
816

Accelerated tax 
depreciation 
£’000
–
–
–
–
–

Fair value & 
other timing 
differences  
£’000
(119)
(5)
(88)
(95)
–
(307)
525
(37)
1
182

Total 
£’000
–
–
–
–
–

Total  
£’000
699
(5)
(81)
(13)
1
601
765
236
(11)
1,591

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   119
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   119

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

119

06/10/2021   11:54:36
06/10/2021   11:54:36

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials23 DEFERRED INCOME TAX CONTINUED
The movement in the Company deferred income tax liabilities during the year is as follows:

Deferred tax liabilities
At 1 July 2019
Adoption of IFRS 16
Charged/(credited) to the income statement
Charged/(credited) directly to equity
At 1 July 2020
Charged/(credited) to the income statement
Charged/(credited) directly to equity
At 30 June 2021

Accelerated tax 
depreciation 
£’000
112
–
58
13
183
204
57
444

Research & 
development 
£’000
501
–
(45)
59
515
(52)
163
626

Fair value & 
other timing 
differences 
£’000
(120)
(1)
(84)
(95)
(300)
221
(35)
(114)

The deferred income tax (charged)/credited to equity during the year is as follows:

Total  
£’000
493
(1)
(71)
(23)
398
373
185
956

Deferred tax (charged)/credited to equity
Tax on revaluation of financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income

24 SHARE CAPITAL

Authorised, allotted and fully paid
118,935,590 ordinary shares of 1p each 
(2020: 118,935,590 ordinary shares of 1p each)

The ordinary shareholders each have one vote per share. 

Movements in treasury shares included in share capital
At 1 July 
Shares issued from treasury
At 30 June

Group

2021
£’000

(236) 

(236) 

2020
£’000

13

13

Company
2021
£’000

 (185) 

(185) 

2020
£’000

23

23

Group

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

Company
2021
£’000

2020
£’000

 1,189 

1,189

1,189

1,189

Group and Company

Group and Company

2021 
£’000
 26 
 (3) 
23

2021 
No. of 
shares
 2,605,093 
 (331,524) 
2,273,569

2020 
No. of 
shares
2,814,932
(209,839)
2,605,093

2020
£’000
28
(2)
26

There were no new shares issued during the year (2020: nil). 331,524 (2020: 209,839) shares were issued from treasury for 
the exercise of share options, of which the Company repurchased none (2020: nil). There are 683,423 (2020: 1,044,482) 
share options outstanding at the year end.

120

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   120
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   120

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:37
06/10/2021   11:54:37

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 202125 OTHER RESERVES 

Share premium account
Capital redemption reserves
Foreign currency translation reserve

Group

2021
£’000
 1,960 
 137 
 2,076 
4,173

2020
£’000
1,526
137
2,764
4,427

Company
2021
£’000
 1,960 
 137 
–
2,097

26 DIVIDENDS
Dividends paid during the year are outlined in the tables below:

Dividends paid (pence per share)
Final dividend
Interim dividend
Total

2021
4.20
1.49
5.69

2020
£’000
1,526
137
–
1,663

2020
4.10
1.46
5.56

A final dividend in respect of the year ended 30 June 2021 of 4.31p per share, amounting to £5,028,000 (2020: 
£4,886,000) and a special dividend of 2.20p, amounting to £2,567,000 (2020: £nil) are to be proposed at the Annual 
General Meeting on 18 November 2021 and, if approved, will be paid on 25 November 2021 to shareholders on the 
register on 29 October 2021. The ex-dividend date is 28 October 2021. These financial statements do not reflect this 
dividend payable.

Dividends proposed (pence per share)
Final dividend
Special dividend

Dividends paid
Final dividend
Interim dividend
Total

Dividends proposed
Final dividend
Special dividend

2021
4.31
2.20

2021
£’000
4,895
1,736
6,631

2021
£’000
5,028
2,567

2020
4.20
–

2020
£’000
4,770
1,698
6,468

2020
£’000
4,886
–

27 SHARE BASED PAYMENT CHARGE
Equity settled scheme
The Group operates a share based remuneration scheme, created to motivate and retain those employees responsible 
for the continued success of the Group.

The Executive Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) allows for the vesting of options subject to the achievement of 
performance targets, being annual growth of pre-tax Earnings per Share in excess of RPI plus 3% over a five-year 
period. The Group also operates a Save As You Earn (SAYE) scheme for UK based employees that matures in October 
2021. Rather than issue new shares, the Company will utilise shares that are already held in treasury to satisfy options.

Under IFRS 2, an expense is recognised in the income statement for share based payments, calculated on the fair value 
at the grant date. The application of IFRS 2 gave rise to a charge of £47,000 (2020: £60,000) for the year.

At 30 June 2021, there were 683,423 options exercisable (2020: 1,044,482) under the ESOP or SAYE schemes.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   121
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   121

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

121

06/10/2021   11:54:37
06/10/2021   11:54:37

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials27 SHARE BASED PAYMENT CHARGE CONTINUED
a) Details of changes in the number of awards outstanding during the year are set out below:

Outstanding at 1 July 2020
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Outstanding at 30 June 2021

ESOP Scheme

SAYE Scheme

Total

Exercise 
price 
(p/s)
124
124
–
124

Options
404,160
(26,202)
(9,535)
368,423

Exercise 
price 
(p/s)
209
209
–
209

Options
1,044,482
(331,524)
(29,535)
683,423

Options
640,322
(305,322)
(20,000)
315,000

The weighted average contractual life of the share based payments outstanding at the end of the year is 3.3 years for 
the ESOP scheme and 0.8 years for the SAYE scheme.

b) Fair value calculations
The fair value of the share options granted during the year were calculated using the methods, principal assumptions 
and data set out below:

Method used
Date of grant
Share price at date of grant (p/s)
Exercise price (p/s)
Expected option life (years)
Vesting period (years)
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield
Risk free rate
Fair value per share (p/s)

ESOP Scheme
Black–Scholes
24 October 2014
124
124
3 – 7
3 – 7
23% – 28%
3.02%
1.06% – 1.90%
18.61 – 21.07

SAYE Scheme
Black–Scholes
15 July 2016
233
209
5
5
27%
1.90%
0.91%
54.84

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the annualised standard deviation over the daily changes in the 
share price, and measured against historical share price movements over the number of years vesting period prior to 
the grant of the options.

Cash-settled share based payment charge
Arising from the acquisition of Lightronics Participaties B.V. and Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V., the Group entered 
into a cash-settled share based payment arrangement with certain employees of Lightronics Participaties B.V. 
Under this arrangement, the Group is committed to purchase the 43% of the share appreciation rights held by these 
employees, between the third and sixth anniversaries of the acquisition, calculated by a pre-determined earnings 
multiple used to value the initial investment.

Under IFRS 2, an expense is recognised in the income statement for share based payments, calculated on the fair value 
at the settlement date. The application of IFRS 2 gave rise to a charge of £1,384,000 (2020: £1,151,000) for the year. The 
total liability at 30 June 2021 was £4,135,000 (2020: £2,752,000).

The fair value of the share based payment (being calculated by estimating the additional payment due to the relevant 
employees), was reviewed during the year based on current performance. This review resulted in an annual increase in 
the share based payment charge of £501,000 (2020: £317,000). 

122

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   122
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   122

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:38
06/10/2021   11:54:38

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 202128 CASH GENERATED FROM OPERATIONS 

Cash generated from continuing operations
Profit before income tax
Depreciation charge
Depreciation of investment property
Amortisation of intangibles
(Profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Loss on disposal of investment property
Exceptional item in respect of Lightronics fire
Insurance proceeds re inventory lost in fire
Insurance proceeds re other costs
Net finance expense/(income)
Retirement benefit contributions in excess of current  
and past service charge
Share based payment charge
Research and development expenditure credit
Effects of exchange rate movements
Changes in working capital
– Inventories
– Trade and other receivables
– Payables and provisions
Total cash generated from operations

29 CAPITAL COMMITMENTS

Property, plant and equipment

Group

2021
£’000
20,141
3,316
20
2,328
(115)
–
(1,566)
5
318
652

(182)

1,429
(289)
1,114

4,878
(7,287)
964
25,726

2020
£’000
15,943
3,221
19
2,577
(118)
–
–
–
–
389

(170)

1,211
(249)
(219)

238
571
(182)
23,231

Company
2021
£’000
15,298
1,885
240
1,599
(98)
11
–
–
–
(4,292)

(182)

1,429
(183)
1,245

5,386
(7,612)
3,727
18,453

2020
£’000
14,117
1,777
238
1,590
(109)
–
–
–
–
(4,961)

(170)

1,211
(174)
(81)

1,439
(1,358)
(561)
12,958

Group

2021
£’000
2,303

2020
£’000
46

Company
2021
£’000
169

2020
£’000
45

Capital expenditure contracted for at the statement of financial position date but not yet incurred includes £2,034,000 
for the rebuild of the Lightronics building.

30 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS BY CATEGORY
All financial instruments measured at fair value are categorised as level 2 in the fair value measurement hierarchy, 
whereby the fair value is determined by using valuation techniques, except for £3,764,000 (2020: £3,243,000) of fixed 
rate listed investments included in financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income that are classified 
as level 1. The valuation techniques for level 2 instruments use observable market data where it is available, for example 
quoted market prices, and rely less on estimates. There have been no changes to valuation techniques or movements 
between levels of the hierarchy in the year.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   123
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   123

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

123

06/10/2021   11:54:38
06/10/2021   11:54:38

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials30 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS BY CATEGORY CONTINUED
The accounting policies for financial instruments have been applied to the line items below: 

Financial assets 
at fair value 
through other 
comprehensive 
income
£’000

Financial assets 
at amortised cost
£’000

 2,546

 –   

 27,581 

 23,603 
 52,268 
 105,998 

 –   

 3,764 

 –   

 –   
 –   
3,764

Financial assets at 
amortised 
cost
£’000

Financial assets 
at fair value 
through other 
comprehensive 
income 
£’000

2,425

–

19,886
18,580
44,422
85,313

–

3,772

–
–
–
3,772

Financial assets 
at fair value 
through other 
comprehensive 
income
£’000

Financial assets 
at amortised cost
£’000

 10,827 

 –   

 28,010 
 23,603 
 47,064 
 109,504 

  –      

 3,764 

  –      
  –      
  –      

3,764

Total
£’000

 2,546

 3,764 

 27,581 

 23,603 
 52,268 
109,762

Total
£’000

2,425

3,772

19,886
18,580
44,422
89,085

Total
£’000

 10,827 

 3,764 

 28,010 
 23,603 
 47,064 
113,268

Group
30 June 2021
Financial assets at amortised cost
Financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income
Trade and other receivables

Short-term financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total

Group
30 June 2020
Financial assets at amortised cost
Financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income
Trade and other receivables
Short-term financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total

Company
30 June 2021
Financial assets at amortised cost
Financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income
Trade and other receivables
Short-term financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total

124

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   124
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   124

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:39
06/10/2021   11:54:39

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 202130 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS BY CATEGORY CONTINUED

Company
30 June 2020
Assets as per statement of financial position
Financial assets at amortised cost
Financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income
Trade and other receivables
Short-term financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total

The above analysis excludes prepayments.

Liabilities as per statement of financial position
Trade and other payables (excluding statutory liabilities)
Deferred consideration
Other payables
Financial lease liabilities

Financial assets at 
amortised 
cost
£’000

Financial assets 
at fair value 
through other 
comprehensive 
income 
£’000

12,963

–

21,147
18,580
37,218
89,908

–

3,772

–
–
–
3,772

Total
£’000

12,963

3,772

21,147
18,580
37,218
93,680

Group

2021 
£’000
 20,316  
 16,593 
 78 
 661 

2020
£’000
18,188
15,550
67
637

Company
2021 
£’000
 16,599 
 15,694 
–
–

2020
£’000
14,299
12,429
–
–

Non current financial liabilities are lease liabilities (see note 20 for maturity analysis) and post employment benefits. 

Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost. 

Contractual cash flows relating to current financial liabilities are all due within one year, and are equal to their carrying 
value. Included in other payables (deferred consideration) is an interest bearing loan, of which the principal amount 
of €1,047,000 (£899,000) is due for repayment within one year. Interest is contractually due to be paid annually until 
maturity, and is estimated at current rates to be €52,000 (£45,000) per year. Furthermore liabilities arising to repurchase 
share appreciation rights are non-interest bearing are all due within one year.

The Group and Company did not have derivative financial instruments at 30 June 2021 or 30 June 2020. All assets and 
liabilities above are considered to be at fair value. 

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   125
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   125

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

125

06/10/2021   11:54:39
06/10/2021   11:54:39

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials31 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following amounts relate to transactions between the Company and its related undertakings:

2021
Philip Payne Limited 
Solite Europe Limited
Portland Lighting Limited
TRT Lighting Limited
Thorlux Lighting L.L.C.
Lightronics Participaties B.V.
Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited
Thorlux Lighting GmbH
Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.

2020
Philip Payne Limited 
Solite Europe Limited
Portland Lighting Limited
TRT Lighting Limited
Thorlux Lighting L.L.C.
Lightronics Participaties B.V.
Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited
Thorlux Lighting GmbH
Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.

Purchases 
of goods 
£’000
509
1,314
202
2,477
–
140
–
–
–

Purchases 
of goods 
£’000
648
537
–
2,028
–
125
–
–
–

Sales 
of goods 
£’000
82
386
7
1,246
312
652
614
–
6

Sales 
of services 
£’000
42
202
75
20
11
–
–
–
–

Purchase 
of services 
£’000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
506
–

Sales 
of goods 
£’000
145
259
–
1,235
405
359
756
–
4

Sales 
of services 
£’000
86
178
67
223
–
–
–
–
–

Purchase 
of services 
£’000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
471
–

Dividends 
paid to 
Company 
£’000
300
250
200
–
–
2,512
–
–
–

Dividends 
paid to 
Company 
£’000
600
600
650
–
–
1,776
–
–
–

126

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   126
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   126

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:40
06/10/2021   11:54:40

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 202131 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS CONTINUED
Trading balances due to and from the Company by related entities were as follows:

Philip Payne Limited 
Solite Europe Limited
Portland Lighting Limited
TRT Lighting Limited
Thorlux Lighting L.L.C.
Lightronics Participaties B.V.
Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited
Thorlux Lighting GmbH
Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.
Total

Amounts due to  
related party at 30 June
2020
£’000
(639)
(773)
(400)
(465)
–
(16)
–
(92)
–
(2,385)

2021
£’000
(628)
(793)
(578)
(310)
–
(31)
–
(143)
–
(2,483)

Amounts due from  
related party at 30 June
2020
£’000
61
159
36
819
238
4,782
1,802
–
353
8,250

2021
£’000
12
35
9
297
381
5,905
1,645
–
786
9,070

Trading balances arise from transactions of goods and services carried out under normal commercial 
terms. The Company has loan balances due from Lightronics Participaties B.V. of €8,549,000 (£7,341,000) 
(2020: €10,626,000 (£9,680,000)) and Thorlux Lighting L.L.C. £1,590,000 (2020: £1,118,000). The Company has made 
provisions for receivables due from Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited of £643,000 (2020: £497,000) and £914,000 
(2020: £703,000) due from Thorlux Lighting L.L.C. 

Cash resources are managed centrally by the Company and result in balances owed to and from the Company when 
cash is transferred.

The key management personnel are the Group Board directors; their interests are disclosed in the directors’ 
remuneration report on pages 67 to 70. There are 2 employees who are related parties (2020: 2). Total remuneration for 
the year was £94,000 (2020: £93,000).

The Company owns 40% of the share capital of Luxintec S.L., a company registered in Spain. During the year the 
Company sold goods to Luxintec S.L. amounting to £367,000 (2020: £7,000), purchased goods and services amounting 
to £31,000 (2020: £453,000). At the year end there were trade balances due to Luxintec S.L. of £21,000 (2020: £60,000) 
and £341,000 due from Luxintec S.L. (2020: £nil). During the year a new loan of €869,000 was provided to Luxintec S.L. 
with interest payable at 1.5% secured against the company’s assets. The loan balance including interest at the year end 
was €873,000 (£750,000) (see note 12).

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   127
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   127

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

127

06/10/2021   11:54:41
06/10/2021   11:54:41

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur Financials32 GROUP COMPANIES
The parent Company has the following investments as at 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020:

Name of undertaking
Compact Lighting Limited
Philip Payne Limited
Solite Europe Limited
Portland Lighting Limited
TRT Lighting Limited
Lightronics Participaties B.V.
Lightronics B.V.
Thorlux Lighting GmbH
Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited
Thorlux Lighting L.L.C.
Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V. 
(investment held by Lightronics 
Participaties B.V.)
Luxintec S.L.
Thorlux Lighting Limited

Country of  
incorporation
England
England
England
England
England
Netherlands
Netherlands
Germany
Australia

Description of  
shares held
Ordinary £1 shares
Ordinary £1 shares
Ordinary £1 shares
Ordinary £1 shares
Ordinary £1 shares
Ordinary €0.01 shares
Ordinary €454 shares
Ordinary €1 shares
Ordinary $1 shares
United Arab Emirates Ordinary AED 1,000 shares

Netherlands

Ordinary €100 shares

Spain
Ireland

Ordinary €1 shares
Ordinary €1 shares

The registered office addresses of these Group companies are:

Proportion of nominal value  
of issued shares held by  
Group and Company

30 June  
2021
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
49%

100%

40%
100%

30 June  
2020
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
49%

100%

40%
100%

Compact Lighting Limited
Philip Payne Limited
Solite Europe Limited
Portland Lighting Limited
TRT Lighting Limited
Lightronics Participaties B.V.
Lightronics B.V. 
Thorlux Lighting GmbH
Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited
Thorlux Lighting L.L.C.

Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.
Luxintec S.L. 

Thorlux Lighting Limited

Merse Road, North Moons Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH, England
Merse Road, North Moons Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH, England
Merse Road, North Moons Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH, England
Merse Road, North Moons Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH, England
Merse Road, North Moons Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH, England
Spuiweg 19, 5145 NE Waalwijk, Netherlands
Spuiweg 19, 5145 NE Waalwijk, Netherlands
Bahnhofstrasse 72, 27404 Zeven, Germany
31 Cross Street, Brookvale, NSW 2100, Australia
Office No. 2, Ghantoot International Building, Plot No: M.14-26, Musaffah 
Industrial Area, PO Box 108168, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
Florijnweg 8 6883JP Velp, Netherlands
Polígono Industrial La Encomienda, C/ Atlas 12-14, 47195 Arroyo de la 
Encomienda, Valladolid, Spain
Unit G6 Riverview Business Park, Nangor Road, Gallanstown, Dublin 12, Ireland

128

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   128
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   128

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:41
06/10/2021   11:54:41

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 30 June 202132 GROUP COMPANIES CONTINUED
The principal activities of these Group companies are:

Compact Lighting Limited
Philip Payne Limited
Solite Europe Limited
Portland Lighting Limited
TRT Lighting Limited
Lightronics Participaties B.V.
Lightronics B.V. 
Thorlux Lighting GmbH
Thorlux Australasia PTY Limited
Thorlux Lighting L.L.C.
Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V.
Luxintec S.L. 
Thorlux Lighting Limited

– non-trading entity
– design and manufacture of illuminated signs
– design and manufacture of clean room lighting equipment
– design and manufacture of lighting for signs
– design and manufacture of lighting for roads and tunnels 
– holding company
– design and manufacture of external and impact resistant lighting
– sales support function
– sale of lighting equipment to industrial and commercial markets
– sale of lighting equipment to industrial and commercial markets
– design and manufacture of illuminated signs
– design and manufacture of LED luminaires and lenses
– sale of lighting equipment to industrial and commercial markets

For the year ended 30 June 2021, Compact Lighting Limited, Philip Payne Limited, Solite Europe Limited and Portland 
Lighting Limited are exempt from the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 relating to the audit of individual 
financial statements by virtue of section 479A. As a result, the Group guarantees all outstanding liabilities to which the 
subsidiary company is subject. The Company registration number for Compact Lighting Limited is 02649528, for Philip 
Payne Limited it is 01361523, for Solite Europe Limited it is 02295852 and for Portland Lighting Limited it is 02826511.

33 EVENTS AFTER THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATE
On 21 September 2021 the Group completed its commitment to purchase the outstanding share appreciation rights in 
the subsidiaries Lightronics Participaties B.V. and Famostar Emergency Lighting B.V. The settlement was executed by a 
cash payment of the outstanding liability.

On the 4 October 2021, the Group acquired 63% of the share capital of Electrozemper S.A. (Zemper), an emergency 
lighting specialist in Spain. The company was acquired by F W Thorpe Plc for initial consideration of €20.3m (£17.5m), 
plus €4.2m (£3.6m) for cash, working capital and property adjustments, with an additional €1.1m (£1.0m) payable 
subject to EBITDA performance 2021/22. The acquisition has been funded from the cash reserves of FW Thorpe Plc.

For the financial year to June 2021, Zemper achieved revenue of €20.3m (£17.4m) and operating profit of €3.8m (£3.3m). 
A fair value exercise will be performed in the next 12 months to determine the value of goodwill and other intangible 
assets that have arisen from this acquisition.

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   129
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   129

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

129

06/10/2021   11:54:42
06/10/2021   11:54:42

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur FinancialsNotice of Meeting

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting of FW Thorpe Plc will be held at Merse Road, North Moons 
Moat, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 9HH on 18 November 2021 at 3:15 pm to transact the business set out below.

ORDINARY BUSINESS

 To receive and adopt the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021.

1. 
2.  To declare a final dividend.
3.  To declare a special dividend.
4.  To re-elect Mr D Taylor as a director.
5.  To re-elect Mr C Muncaster as a director.
6.  To re-elect Mr P D Mason as a director.
7.  To re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of the Company, to hold office until the conclusion of the 
next General Meeting at which accounts are laid before the Company and to authorise the directors to fix the 
auditors’ remuneration.

SPECIAL BUSINESS
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolutions which will be proposed in the case of 8 as an ordinary 
resolution and in the case of 9 as a special resolution.

8.  That the directors’ remuneration report (as set out on pages 67 to 70 of the Annual Report and Accounts) for the 

year ended 30 June 2021 be approved.

9.  That the Company be generally and unconditionally authorised to make market purchases (within the meaning of 

section 693(4) of the Companies Act 2006) of ordinary shares of 1p each of the Company provided that:
a.  the maximum number of ordinary shares hereby authorised to be acquired is 11,893,559; 
b.  the minimum price which may be paid for any such share is 1p;
c.  the maximum price which may be paid for any such share is an amount equal to 105% of the average of the 
middle market quotations for an ordinary share in the Company as derived from the Alternative Investment 
Market for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which such share is contracted to be 
purchased;

d.  the authority hereby conferred shall expire on the date of the Annual General Meeting of the Company in 2022; 

and

e.  the Company may make a contract to purchase its ordinary shares under the authority hereby conferred prior 
to the expiry of such authority, which contract will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such 
authority, and may purchase its ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

NOTES
1.  Copies of the directors’ service contracts will be available for inspection during usual business hours, at the registered 
office of the Company on any weekday (Saturdays and public holidays excepted) from the date of this notice until the 
date of the meeting and also at the meeting for at least 15 minutes prior to, and until the conclusion of, the meeting. If 
you wish to inspect these documents, please contact the Company at shareholders@fwthorpe.co.uk.

2.  To be entitled to attend and vote at the meeting (and for the purposes of the determination by the Company of 

the votes they may cast), members must be registered in the Register of Members of the Company at 6.30 pm on 
16 November 2021 (or, in the event of any adjournment, 6.30 pm on the date which is two days before the time of 
the adjourned meeting). Changes to the Register of Members of the Company after the relevant deadline shall be 
disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend and vote at the meeting.

3.  A member entitled to attend and vote at the meeting is entitled to appoint a proxy or proxies to attend, speak and 

vote on his or her behalf. A proxy need not also be a member but must attend the meeting to represent you. Details 
of how to appoint the Chairman of the meeting or another person as your proxy using the form of proxy are set out 
in the notes on the form of proxy. If you wish your proxy to speak on your behalf at the meeting you will need to 
appoint your own choice of proxy (not the Chairman) and give your instructions directly to them.   

4.  To appoint more than one proxy, an additional proxy form(s) may be obtained by contacting the Company’s 

registrars, Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA, or you may photocopy the proxy 
form. Please indicate in the box next to the proxy holder’s name the number of shares in relation to which they are 
authorised to act as your proxy. Please also indicate by ticking the box provided if the proxy instruction is one of 
multiple instructions being given.   

130

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   130
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   130

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:42
06/10/2021   11:54:42

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20215.  A reply paid form of proxy is enclosed with shareholders’ copies of this document. To be valid, it should be lodged 
with the Company’s registrars, Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA, so as to be 
received not later than 3.15 pm on 16 November 2021 or 48 hours before the time appointed for any adjourned 
meeting or, in the case of a poll taken subsequent to the date of the meeting or adjourned meeting, so as to be 
received no later than 24 hours before the time appointed for taking the poll.

7. 

6.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies by utilising the CREST electronic proxy appointment service 
may do so for the Annual General Meeting and any adjournment(s) thereof by utilising the procedures described in 
the CREST Manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members (www.euroclear.com), and those 
CREST members who have appointed (a) voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting 
service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.
In order for a proxy appointment made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a “CREST 
Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland’s specifications and 
must contain the information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message must 
be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent ID RA19, by 3.15 pm on 16 November 2021 (or, in the case 
of an adjournment of the Annual General Meeting, not later than 48 hours before the time fixed for the holding 
of the adjourned meeting). For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the 
timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Applications Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve 
the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST.

8.  CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that 

Euroclear UK & Ireland does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal 
system timings and limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the 
responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member or 
sponsored member or has appointed (a) voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting 
service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of 
the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST 
sponsors or voting service providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning 
practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

9.  The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of 

the Uncertificated Securities 2001 (as amended).

10. As at 5 October 2021 (being the last practicable day prior to the publication of this notice), the Company’s issued 
share capital consists of ordinary shares of 1p each, carrying one vote each. Excluding 2,273,569 shares held in 
treasury, the total voting rights in the Company as at 5 October 2021 are 116,662,021.

Appointment of a proxy will not preclude a member from subsequently attending and voting at the meeting should he 
or she subsequently decide to do so. You can only appoint a proxy using the procedures set out in these notes and the 
notes to the form of proxy.

By order of the Board

Craig Muncaster 
Joint Chief Executive, Group Financial Director and Company Secretary

Registered Office:  
Merse Road 
North Moons Moat  
Redditch  
Worcestershire 
B98 9HH

5 October 2021

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   131
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   131

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

131

06/10/2021   11:54:45
06/10/2021   11:54:45

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceStock Code: TFW        www.fwthorpe.co.ukBusiness OverviewOur FinancialsFinancial Calendar

2021
12 October
18 November
25 November

2022
March
March
September

Posting of the Annual Report and Accounts
Annual General Meeting
Payment of final dividend

Announcement of interim results
Payment of interim dividend
Announcement of results for the year

132

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   132
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   132

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:45
06/10/2021   11:54:45

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   133
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   133

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:54:45
06/10/2021   11:54:45

F
W
T
h
o
r
p
e
P
l
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
s
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
2
1

Merse Road 
North Moons Moat 
Redditch 
Worcestershire 
B98 9HH 
England
Tel: + 44 (0)1527 583200 
Fax: + 44 (0)1527 584177

www.fwthorpe.co.uk

F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   3
F W Thorpe AR2021.indd   3

30440 

  6 October 2021 11:42 am 

  V9

06/10/2021   11:47:54
06/10/2021   11:47:54